Theophilus, or Loue diuine A treatise containing fiue degrees, fiue markes, fiue aides, of the loue of God. Translated by Richard Goring, out of the third French edition: renewed, corrected and augmented by the author M. Peter Moulin, preacher the reformed Church of Paris.
         Theophile ou de l'amour divin. English.
         Du Moulin, Pierre, 1568-1658.
      
       
         
           1610
        
      
       Approx. 165 KB of XML-encoded text transcribed from 156 1-bit group-IV TIFF page images.
       
         Text Creation Partnership,
         Ann Arbor, MI ; Oxford (UK) :
         2008-09 (EEBO-TCP Phase 1).
         A20960
         STC 7339
         ESTC S118661
         99853868
         99853868
         19266
         
           
            This keyboarded and encoded edition of the work described above is co-owned by the institutions providing financial support to the Early English Books Online Text Creation Partnership. This Phase I text is available for reuse, according to the terms of
             Creative Commons 0 1.0 Universal
            . The text can be copied, modified, distributed and performed, even for commercial purposes, all without asking permission.
          
        
      
       
         Early English books online.
      
       
         (EEBO-TCP ; phase 1, no. A20960)
         Transcribed from: (Early English Books Online ; image set 19266)
         Images scanned from microfilm: (Early English books, 1475-1640 ; 1095:6)
      
       
         
           
             Theophilus, or Loue diuine A treatise containing fiue degrees, fiue markes, fiue aides, of the loue of God. Translated by Richard Goring, out of the third French edition: renewed, corrected and augmented by the author M. Peter Moulin, preacher the reformed Church of Paris.
             Theophile ou de l'amour divin. English.
             Du Moulin, Pierre, 1568-1658.
             Goring, Richard.
          
           [30], 280 p.
           
             Printed [by R. Field] for Samuel Macham, and are to be sold at his shop in Pauls churchyard, at the signe of the Bul-head,
             London :
             1610.
          
           
             A translation of Pierre Du Moulin's: Théophile ou de l'amour divin.
             Running title reads: The loue of God.
             Printer's name from STC.
             Reproduction of the original in the Cambridge University Library.
          
        
      
    
     
       
         Created by converting TCP files to TEI P5 using tcp2tei.xsl, TEI @ Oxford.
         Re-processed by University of Nebraska-Lincoln and Northwestern, with changes to facilitate morpho-syntactic tagging. Gap elements of known extent have been transformed into placeholder characters or elements to simplify the filling in of gaps by user contributors.
      
       
         EEBO-TCP is a partnership between the Universities of Michigan and Oxford and the publisher ProQuest to create accurately transcribed and encoded texts based on the image sets published by ProQuest via their Early English Books Online (EEBO) database (http://eebo.chadwyck.com). The general aim of EEBO-TCP is to encode one copy (usually the first edition) of every monographic English-language title published between 1473 and 1700 available in EEBO.
         EEBO-TCP aimed to produce large quantities of textual data within the usual project restraints of time and funding, and therefore chose to create diplomatic transcriptions (as opposed to critical editions) with light-touch, mainly structural encoding based on the Text Encoding Initiative (http://www.tei-c.org).
         The EEBO-TCP project was divided into two phases. The 25,363 texts created during Phase 1 of the project have been released into the public domain as of 1 January 2015. Anyone can now take and use these texts for their own purposes, but we respectfully request that due credit and attribution is given to their original source.
         Users should be aware of the process of creating the TCP texts, and therefore of any assumptions that can be made about the data.
         Text selection was based on the New Cambridge Bibliography of English Literature (NCBEL). If an author (or for an anonymous work, the title) appears in NCBEL, then their works are eligible for inclusion. Selection was intended to range over a wide variety of subject areas, to reflect the true nature of the print record of the period. In general, first editions of a works in English were prioritized, although there are a number of works in other languages, notably Latin and Welsh, included and sometimes a second or later edition of a work was chosen if there was a compelling reason to do so.
         Image sets were sent to external keying companies for transcription and basic encoding. Quality assurance was then carried out by editorial teams in Oxford and Michigan. 5% (or 5 pages, whichever is the greater) of each text was proofread for accuracy and those which did not meet QA standards were returned to the keyers to be redone. After proofreading, the encoding was enhanced and/or corrected and characters marked as illegible were corrected where possible up to a limit of 100 instances per text. Any remaining illegibles were encoded as <gap>s. Understanding these processes should make clear that, while the overall quality of TCP data is very good, some errors will remain and some readable characters will be marked as illegible. Users should bear in mind that in all likelihood such instances will never have been looked at by a TCP editor.
         The texts were encoded and linked to page images in accordance with level 4 of the TEI in Libraries guidelines.
         Copies of the texts have been issued variously as SGML (TCP schema; ASCII text with mnemonic sdata character entities); displayable XML (TCP schema; characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or text strings within braces); or lossless XML (TEI P5, characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or TEI g elements).
         
          Keying and markup guidelines are available at the
           Text Creation Partnership web site
          .
        
      
       
         
         
      
    
     
       
         eng
      
       
         
           God -- Worship and love -- Early works to 1800.
        
      
    
     
        2007-09 TCP
        Assigned for keying and markup
      
        2007-10 Aptara
        Keyed and coded from ProQuest page images
      
        2007-11 Emma (Leeson) Huber
        Sampled and proofread
      
        2007-11 Emma (Leeson) Huber
        Text and markup reviewed and edited
      
        2008-02 pfs
        Batch review (QC) and XML conversion
      
    
  
   
     
       
         
         
         
           THEOPHILVS
           ,
           OR
           LOVE
           DIVINE
           .
           A
           TREATISE
           CONTAINING
           FIVE
           DEGREES
           ,
           FIVE
           MARKES
           ,
           FIVE
           AIDES
           ,
           
             OF
             THE
             LOVE
             OF
             GOD.
          
           Translated
           by
           
             Richard
             Goring
          
           ,
           out
           of
           the
           third
           French
           edition
           :
           renewed
           ,
           corrected
           and
           augmented
           by
           the
           author
           M.
           
             Peter
             Moulin
          
           ,
           Preacher
           to
           the
           reformed
           Church
           of
           Paris
           .
        
         
           LONDON
           ,
           Printed
           for
           
             Samuel
             Macham
          
           ,
           and
           are
           to
           be
           sold
           at
           his
           shop
           in
           Pauls
           churchyard
           ,
           at
           the
           signe
           of
           the
           Bul-head
           .
           1610.
           
        
      
       
         
         
         
           To
           my
           Worshipful
           good
           Friend
           M.
           George
           Hakewill
           ,
           Batchelor
           of
           Diuinitie
           ,
           and
           Fellow
           of
           Exeter
           Colledge
           in
           Oxford
           .
        
         
           SIR
           ,
           when
           you
           first
           wished
           me
           to
           reade
           this
           Discourse
           ,
           (
           cōmending
           it
           as
           a
           worke
           ,
           no
           lesse
           scholerlike
           then
           religious
           )
           I
           was
           thinking
           how
           I
           might
           some
           way
           requite
           with
           somewhat
           more
           then
           verball
           thankfulnes
           ,
           your
           kind
           fauors
           &
           good
           wishes
           
           towards
           me
           .
           But
           hauing
           perused
           the
           same
           ,
           I
           thought
           I
           could
           not
           better
           employ
           my
           time
           of
           small
           emploiment
           ,
           then
           to
           translate
           the
           same
           ,
           as
           being
           a
           subiect
           fit
           for
           all
           men
           seriouslie
           to
           meditate
           vpon
           ,
           supplying
           with
           my
           willing
           but
           poore
           endeuour
           ,
           that
           which
           you
           could
           haue
           better
           polished
           ;
           and
           I
           dare
           say
           willinglie
           would
           ,
           by
           reason
           of
           your
           familiar
           acquaintance
           with
           the
           Author
           ,
           if
           your
           leisure
           might
           haue
           serued
           you
           to
           haue
           taken
           it
           in
           hand
           your selfe
           .
           Therefore
           as
           you
           commended
           it
           vnto
           me
           ,
           for
           a
           peece
           neatly
           
           and
           eloquentlie
           done
           in
           the
           originall
           :
           so
           surelie
           it
           did
           rauish
           me
           in
           the
           reading
           ,
           as
           being
           a
           most
           worthie
           theame
           ;
           and
           hath
           emboldned
           me
           to
           recommend
           it
           backe
           againe
           vnto
           you
           ,
           thus
           homelie
           apparelled
           in
           our
           mother
           tong
           ;
           in
           which
           it
           can
           leese
           but
           litle
           grace
           ,
           being
           in
           it selfe
           so
           gracious
           as
           it
           is
           .
           Suffer
           it
           therfore
           I
           pray
           you
           (
           if
           it
           be
           not
           too
           full
           of
           defects
           )
           to
           passe
           vnder
           your
           name
           ,
           who
           best
           deserue
           herin
           ,
           if
           ought
           there
           be
           deseruing
           .
           For
           mine
           owne
           part
           ,
           I
           wil
           onlie
           say
           ,
           I
           haue
           striued
           to
           shew
           some
           part
           of
           the
           paines
           ,
           
           I
           would
           gladlie
           take
           to
           do
           you
           anie
           pleasing
           seruice
           in
           requitall
           of
           your
           manie
           fauours
           ;
           which
           I
           will
           pray
           you
           still
           to
           continue
           ,
           as
           I
           will
           alwaies
           endeuor
           to
           be
           thankfull
           ,
           and
           constantlie
           rest
        
         
           
             Your
             very
             affectionate
             and
             much
             bounden
             Rich.
             Goring
             .
          
        
      
       
         
         
           TO
           THE
           HIGH
           AND
           MIGHTIE
           Ladie
           Anne
           D'
           Allegre
           ,
           wife
           vnto
           the
           high
           and
           mightie
           Lord
           Monsieur
           de
           Fervaques
           ,
           Marshall
           of
           France
           ,
           and
           the
           Kings
           Lieutenant
           in
           Normandie
           .
        
         
           MAdame
           :
           The
           Apostle
           vnto
           the
           Hebrewes
           teacheth
           vs
           ,
           that
           within
           the
           Ark
           of
           the
           couenant
           there
           was
           a
           cruse
           full
           of
           Manna
           and
           Aarons
           rod.
           
           God
           thereby
           instructing
           vs
           ,
           that
           he
           hath
           not
           onely
           a
           care
           of
           the
           nourishing
           of
           our
           soules
           ,
           but
           
           to
           correct
           vs
           for
           our
           sins
           also
           :
           and
           that
           he
           hath
           giuen
           vs
           together
           with
           the
           bread
           of
           his
           word
           ,
           his
           rod
           of
           afflictiōs
           .
           The
           one
           nourisheth
           vs
           ,
           the
           other
           exerciseth
           vs
           :
           the
           one
           instructeth
           vs
           ,
           the
           other
           reformeth
           vs
           :
           the
           one
           teacheth
           vs
           to
           do
           the
           will
           of
           God
           ,
           the
           other
           maketh
           vs
           to
           renounce
           our
           owne
           :
           both
           equally
           effects
           of
           his
           loue
           .
           For
           God
           humbleth
           vs
           by
           afflictions
           ,
           and
           pricketh
           the
           swelling
           of
           our
           pride
           .
           He
           cutteth
           &
           loppeth
           vs
           ,
           to
           the
           end
           we
           may
           bring
           forth
           the
           more
           fruite
           .
           He
           filleth
           vs
           with
           bitternesse
           in
           this
           life
           ,
           to
           the
           end
           we
           might
           long
           for
           the
           life
           to
           come
           .
           For
           those
           whom
           
           God
           afflicteth
           grieuously
           in
           this
           world
           ,
           leaue
           it
           with
           lesse
           griefe
           .
           And
           indeed
           if
           the
           childrē
           of
           Israel
           ,
           being
           come
           out
           of
           Egypt
           ,
           after
           hauing
           endured
           there
           so
           many
           afflictions
           ,
           did
           notwithstanding
           grieue
           ,
           and
           oftentimes
           mutined
           to
           returne
           thither
           againe
           :
           how
           much
           more
           had
           they
           grieued
           if
           they
           had
           suffered
           nothing
           ?
           Adde
           hereunto
           ,
           that
           God
           who
           hath
           formed
           vs
           to
           feare
           him
           ,
           knoweth
           that
           our
           prayers
           are
           slacke
           and
           cold
           in
           prosperitie
           ,
           as
           proceeding
           from
           a
           spirit
           that
           is
           cooled
           by
           successe
           ,
           and
           which
           are
           endited
           by
           custom
           .
           The
           cries
           which
           our
           owne
           will
           produceth
           are
           feeble
           ,
           in
           comparison
           
           of
           those
           which
           griefe
           expresseth
           .
           There
           is
           nothing
           so
           strong
           as
           necessitie
           :
           nothing
           so
           ingenious
           to
           pray
           well
           as
           sorow
           ,
           which
           in
           an
           instant
           formeth
           the
           slowest
           tongues
           to
           a
           holy
           eloquence
           ,
           and
           furnisheth
           vs
           with
           sighes
           which
           cannot
           be
           expressed
           .
           It
           is
           not
           then
           in
           anger
           that
           God
           afflicteth
           vs
           ;
           but
           because
           that
           sinne
           is
           a
           kind
           of
           falling
           sicknesse
           ,
           God
           striketh
           and
           afflicteth
           vs
           to
           awaken
           vs.
           His
           beatings
           are
           fatherly
           corrections
           :
           if
           he
           vsed
           vs
           otherwise
           ,
           we
           should
           not
           be
           his
           childrē
           .
           For
           if
           a
           man
           seeing
           two
           children
           a
           fighting
           ,
           doe
           chastise
           one
           for
           the
           same
           ,
           without
           touching
           the
           other
           ;
           
           the
           standers
           by
           ,
           without
           further
           knowing
           him
           ,
           presume
           that
           it
           is
           his
           father
           :
           so
           God
           correcteth
           as
           his
           children
           those
           which
           he
           embraceth
           with
           a
           fatherly
           loue
           .
           
           
             He
             beginneth
             his
             chastisings
             at
             his
             owne
             house
             .
          
           Now
           if
           Iesus
           Christ
           (
           as
           saith
           the
           Apostle
           )
           
             hath
             learned
             obediēce
             by
             the
             things
             which
             he
             hath
             suffered
             ,
          
           
           
             although
             he
             were
             the
             Son
          
           :
           how
           much
           more
           ought
           wee
           to
           bow
           downe
           our
           neckes
           vnto
           Gods
           corrections
           ,
           &
           humble
           our selues
           in
           his
           presence
           ,
           rather
           then
           to
           kicke
           against
           the
           prick
           ,
           or
           to
           make
           the
           afflictions
           which
           are
           bitter
           enough
           of
           themselues
           ,
           to
           be
           yet
           more
           bitter
           by
           impatiēce
           ?
           
           None
           can
           make
           a
           white
           haire
           become
           blacke
           with
           all
           his
           care
           :
           but
           well
           may
           he
           make
           his
           blacke
           haire
           becom
           white
           through
           his
           vnprofitable
           discontent
           .
           It
           is
           euer
           better
           to
           follow
           ,
           then
           to
           be
           dragged
           on
           ,
           aboue
           all
           when
           God
           conducteth
           vs
           :
           for
           if
           the
           way
           through
           which
           he
           leadeth
           vs
           be
           thornie
           ,
           yet
           is
           it
           straight
           .
        
         
           Now
           when
           I
           cast
           mine
           eye
           vpon
           all
           the
           remedies
           of
           afflictions
           ,
           I
           find
           there
           are
           three
           things
           which
           may
           asswage
           griefe
           ;
           time
           ,
           reason
           ,
           and
           the
           feare
           of
           God.
           For
           length
           of
           time
           mitigateth
           sorow
           ,
           and
           closeth
           vp
           the
           wound
           ,
           yea
           euen
           in
           the
           weakest
           spirits
           ,
           
           and
           most
           vncapable
           of
           consolation
           :
           but
           reason
           esteemeth
           this
           remedie
           too
           long
           ,
           and
           vnworthy
           of
           a
           couragious
           man
           ;
           for
           wearinesse
           of
           weeping
           is
           a
           poore
           remedie
           .
           The
           feare
           of
           God
           doth
           more
           :
           for
           as
           to
           appease
           griefe
           ,
           reason
           stayeth
           not
           for
           time
           ,
           so
           the
           feare
           of
           God
           stayeth
           not
           for
           reason
           ;
           but
           before
           that
           reason
           can
           bring
           in
           her
           consolations
           drawne
           from
           the
           ineuitable
           necessitie
           of
           euils
           ,
           or
           from
           the
           vnprofitablenesse
           of
           teares
           ,
           that
           resolueth
           promptly
           vpon
           the
           loue
           of
           God
           ,
           who
           chastiseth
           vs
           for
           our
           good
           :
           so
           as
           in
           steed
           of
           casting
           forth
           complaints
           ,
           it
           findeth
           out
           occasion
           of
           thanksgiuing
           ,
           
           and
           formeth
           not
           only
           vnto
           patience
           ,
           but
           also
           vnto
           ioy
           ,
           as
           acknowledging
           amongst
           his
           afflictions
           certaine
           signes
           of
           Gods
           loue
           .
        
         
           These
           documents
           Madame
           ,
           are
           so
           much
           the
           more
           familiar
           vnto
           you
           ,
           as
           you
           haue
           had
           often
           experience
           of
           them
           ,
           and
           who
           being
           past
           her
           apprētiship
           in
           afflictions
           ,
           haue
           carefully
           sought
           out
           the
           lenitiues
           which
           Gods
           word
           doth
           furnish
           vs
           withall
           :
           which
           ,
           besides
           that
           sobrietie
           and
           modestie
           which
           shineth
           in
           you
           ,
           and
           hath
           altogether
           estranged
           you
           from
           the
           vanitie
           which
           now
           a
           daies
           reigneth
           in
           the
           world
           ,
           haue
           taught
           you
           to
           solace
           your selfe
           with
           God.
           But
           
           take
           heed
           also
           lest
           you
           suffer
           your selfe
           to
           be
           ouerwhelmed
           with
           sorow
           ,
           and
           make
           pietie
           the
           nurse
           of
           discontēt
           .
           Inueterat
           griefs
           do
           often
           turne
           into
           habit
           ,
           and
           old
           wounds
           become
           fresh
           with
           too
           much
           handling
           ;
           which
           me
           thinks
           is
           aboue
           all
           verie
           vnfitting
           your
           nature
           ,
           whose
           meeknes
           and
           gentlenes
           so
           pleasing
           vnto
           all
           ,
           is
           much
           more
           at
           accord
           with
           ioy
           .
           Shall
           it
           be
           said
           ,
           that
           the
           great
           viuacity
           of
           spirit
           which
           God
           hath
           giuē
           you
           ,
           serueth
           you
           but
           to
           feele
           griefe
           more
           sensibly
           ?
           or
           that
           God
           hath
           made
           you
           great
           ,
           that
           your
           teares
           might
           haue
           the
           greater
           fall
           ?
           Time
           which
           easeth
           the
           most
           ignorant
           
           people
           of
           their
           euils
           ,
           cannot
           it
           finish
           the
           sighes
           of
           a
           person
           whom
           God
           hath
           so
           much
           enriched
           with
           his
           knowledge
           ?
           Shall
           it
           not
           be
           better
           to
           ioy
           in
           future
           good
           things
           ,
           which
           are
           great
           and
           certaine
           ,
           then
           to
           afflict
           our selues
           for
           euils
           past
           ,
           which
           are
           remediles
           ?
           Herein
           surely
           God
           is
           offended
           ,
           if
           in
           worldly
           crosses
           we
           find
           more
           occasion
           of
           griefe
           ,
           then
           matter
           of
           ioy
           in
           heauēly
           riches
           .
           And
           wrongfully
           do
           we
           complaine
           of
           our
           afflictions
           ;
           seeing
           we
           hurt
           our selues
           ,
           we
           doe
           vnderhand
           as
           it
           were
           confesse
           ,
           that
           God
           hath
           not
           afflicted
           vs
           enough
           .
           The
           Psalmist
           saith
           indeed
           ,
           that
           
             God
             putteth
             vp
             
             our
             teares
             into
             his
             bottels
             ,
          
           as
           precious
           things
           :
           but
           he
           speaketh
           of
           teares
           bred
           of
           repentance
           ,
           or
           of
           griefe
           ,
           to
           see
           God
           blasphemed
           and
           despised
           amongst
           men
           .
           For
           God
           gathereth
           not
           vp
           obstinate
           tears
           ,
           which
           extending
           themselues
           beyond
           their
           limits
           ,
           occupie
           the
           time
           due
           to
           consolation
           .
           How
           many
           times
           (
           giuing
           your selfe
           to
           reading
           )
           haue
           you
           bedewed
           the
           holie
           scripture
           with
           your
           teares
           ,
           and
           yet
           this
           booke
           containeth
           the
           matter
           of
           our
           ioy
           ?
           And
           in
           the
           booke
           of
           Psalmes
           ,
           the
           tunes
           wherof
           you
           loue
           ,
           and
           yet
           much
           more
           the
           matter
           ,
           where
           you
           see
           your
           own
           picture
           ,
           and
           the
           anatomie
           of
           your
           
           inward
           affections
           :
           Haue
           you
           not
           obserued
           that
           all
           the
           Psalmes
           which
           haue
           their
           beginnings
           troubled
           ,
           and
           whose
           first
           lines
           containe
           nothing
           but
           profoūd
           sighes
           and
           broken
           complaints
           ,
           do
           end
           in
           delight
           ,
           and
           termes
           which
           witnes
           contentment
           and
           peace
           of
           conscience
           ?
           Let
           your
           tears
           Madame
           ,
           be
           formed
           vpon
           this
           example
           ,
           and
           let
           them
           end
           in
           spirituall
           ioy
           .
           Let
           your
           faith
           raise
           her selfe
           from
           vnder
           her
           burthen
           ,
           and
           let
           the
           sluces
           of
           afflictions
           ,
           which
           God
           hath
           stopped
           her
           course
           withal
           ,
           make
           her
           to
           runne
           forth
           with
           the
           greater
           impetuousnes
           :
           let
           her
           take
           strēgth
           from
           resistance
           .
           Hereunto
           
           the
           meditation
           of
           Gods
           graces
           will
           much
           serue
           you
           :
           the
           which
           if
           you
           coūterballance
           with
           your
           euils
           ,
           they
           will
           mightily
           weigh
           them
           downe
           .
           The
           onely
           attention
           of
           future
           glorie
           ,
           which
           you
           apprehend
           by
           faith
           ,
           can
           it
           not
           digest
           all
           bitternesse
           ?
           That
           faith
           which
           filled
           the
           Martyrs
           with
           ioy
           in
           the
           midst
           of
           their
           present
           torments
           ,
           may
           she
           not
           in
           our
           rest
           comfort
           vs
           against
           the
           memorie
           of
           passed
           euils
           .
           And
           you
           who
           acknowledge
           what
           seruitude
           those
           people
           liue
           in
           ,
           which
           are
           dragged
           into
           perdition
           by
           the
           inuisible
           chaines
           of
           opiniō
           and
           custome
           :
           can
           you
           sufficiently
           magnifie
           the
           grace
           
           which
           God
           hath
           giuen
           you
           ,
           in
           honoring
           you
           with
           his
           alliance
           ;
           and
           enlightning
           you
           with
           his
           truth
           ?
           Yea
           ,
           and
           in
           your
           life
           time
           ,
           how
           many
           of
           Gods
           assistances
           ,
           how
           many
           difficulties
           happily
           ouergone
           ?
           God
           hauing
           giuē
           you
           the
           grace
           to
           be
           alone
           in
           your
           family
           an
           example
           of
           constancie
           and
           holy
           perseuerance
           in
           the
           profession
           of
           his
           truth
           ,
           hauing
           made
           you
           great
           ,
           that
           in
           the
           contradiction
           of
           the
           world
           ,
           you
           might
           be
           an
           example
           of
           firmenesse
           and
           constancie
           .
           And
           yet
           admit
           your
           wounds
           were
           more
           grieuous
           ,
           as
           taking
           all
           at
           the
           worst
           ,
           our
           liues
           being
           so
           short
           ,
           they
           cānot
           long
           last
           :
           
           for
           you
           are
           not
           troubled
           to
           seeke
           consolations
           against
           death
           ,
           seeing
           that
           death
           it selfe
           is
           a
           consolation
           vnto
           vs.
           For
           God
           if
           he
           receiue
           the
           sighs
           which
           wee
           powre
           foorth
           in
           our
           praiers
           ,
           much
           more
           regardeth
           he
           the
           sighes
           which
           our
           soules
           giue
           vp
           vnto
           him
           in
           our
           deaths
           .
           Which
           being
           a
           place
           of
           shelter
           ,
           and
           which
           putteth
           our
           soules
           into
           securitie
           ,
           we
           ought
           not
           onely
           looke
           for
           his
           coming
           ,
           but
           euen
           go
           forth
           to
           meete
           him
           :
           hastening
           his
           comming
           by
           our
           desires
           ,
           by
           the
           example
           of
           
             S.
             Paul
          
           ,
           
           who
           saith
           ,
           that
           
             his
             desire
             tendeth
             to
             dislodge
             ,
             and
             be
             with
             Christ
             .
          
           And
           to
           say
           with
           Dauid
           :
           
           
             O
             when
             
             shall
             I
             present
             my selfe
             before
             Gods
             face
             ?
          
           For
           our
           soules
           being
           bound
           vnto
           our
           bodies
           by
           two
           bonds
           ,
           wherof
           the
           one
           is
           naturall
           ,
           and
           the
           other
           voluntarie
           :
           if
           through
           hatred
           and
           contempt
           of
           life
           present
           ,
           we
           vntie
           the
           voluntary
           bond
           ,
           waiting
           the
           time
           when
           God
           shall
           breake
           the
           naturall
           ,
           death
           then
           coming
           shall
           find
           the
           businesse
           begun
           ,
           and
           our
           soules
           prepared
           to
           this
           dissolution
           .
        
         
           These
           cogitations
           Madame
           ,
           and
           such
           like
           ,
           haue
           hitherto
           giuen
           you
           consolation
           :
           the
           which
           although
           you
           be
           sufficiently
           prouided
           of
           ,
           and
           haue
           alwayes
           readie
           ,
           many
           spirituall
           remedies
           ,
           yet
           you
           borrow
           
           from
           other
           the
           receipts
           ;
           and
           haue
           thought
           that
           I
           could
           contribute
           something
           to
           your
           consolation
           .
           And
           to
           this
           effect
           hauing
           heard
           talke
           of
           some
           of
           my
           Sermons
           vpon
           the
           Loue
           of
           God
           ,
           you
           would
           needs
           make
           vse
           of
           the
           power
           you
           haue
           ouer
           me
           ,
           demanding
           them
           of
           me
           in
           writing
           ;
           knowing
           well
           ,
           that
           of
           the
           discontentments
           of
           this
           life
           ,
           there
           is
           no
           such
           gentle
           remouall
           as
           the
           loue
           of
           God
           ,
           or
           more
           stronger
           remedy
           then
           that
           he
           loueth
           vs.
           Herefrom
           I
           drew
           backe
           a
           long
           time
           ,
           partly
           through
           idlenesse
           accompanied
           with
           some
           other
           distractions
           :
           partly
           through
           feare
           ,
           apprehending
           
           your
           iudgement
           ,
           which
           far
           surpassing
           ordinarie
           spirits
           ,
           feedeth
           it self
           not
           vpon
           vulgar
           meates
           .
           At
           length
           ,
           after
           long
           delay
           ,
           being
           not
           any
           longer
           able
           to
           striue
           against
           your
           instant
           requests
           ,
           which
           are
           vnto
           me
           as
           so
           many
           commandements
           ,
           I
           haue
           let
           this
           discourse
           come
           forth
           in
           publick
           ,
           vnder
           the
           protection
           of
           your
           name
           ,
           to
           the
           end
           that
           the
           imperfections
           thereof
           may
           likewise
           be
           imputed
           vnto
           you
           ,
           and
           that
           you
           might
           beare
           also
           a
           part
           of
           the
           blame
           ,
           for
           hauing
           assisted
           at
           the
           birth
           of
           that
           which
           ought
           not
           to
           haue
           seene
           the
           light
           :
           but
           I
           shall
           be
           easily
           excused
           ,
           as
           hauing
           obeyed
           
           you
           .
           For
           honor
           shal
           it
           euer
           be
           vnto
           me
           ,
           to
           execute
           your
           cōmandements
           ,
           and
           to
           employ
           my selfe
           to
           do
           you
           most
           humble
           seruice
           ,
           as
           being
           your
        
         
           
             Most
             humble
             and
             most
             obedient
             seruant
             Peter
             du
             Moulin
             .
          
        
      
       
         
         
         
           A
           Table
           of
           the
           Chapters
           ,
           and
           principall
           points
           contained
           in
           this
           Treatise
           of
           the
           Loue
           of
           God.
           
        
         
           
             OF
             true
             and
             false
             loue
             .
             Chap.
             1.
             fol.
             1.
             
          
           
             Fiue
             degrees
             of
             the
             loue
             of
             God.
             Chap.
             2.
             fol.
             24.
             
             
               
                 1.
                 
                 Degree
                 to
                 loue
                 God
                 ,
                 because
                 of
                 the
                 good
                 he
                 doth
                 vs
                 ,
                 and
                 which
                 we
                 hope
                 to
                 receiue
                 of
                 him
                 .
                 fol.
                 28.
                 
              
               
                 2.
                 
                 To
                 loue
                 God
                 for
                 his
                 own
                 sake
                 ,
                 because
                 he
                 is
                 soueraignlie
                 
                 excellent
                 ,
                 and
                 chieflie
                 to
                 be
                 beloued
                 .
                 fol.
                 45.
                 
              
               
                 3.
                 
                 Not
                 onlie
                 to
                 loue
                 God
                 aboue
                 all
                 things
                 ,
                 and
                 more
                 then
                 our selues
                 :
                 but
                 also
                 not
                 to
                 loue
                 anie
                 thing
                 in
                 this
                 world
                 but
                 for
                 his
                 sake
                 .
                 Fol.
                 67.
                 
              
               
                 4.
                 
                 To
                 hate
                 our selues
                 for
                 the
                 loue
                 of
                 God.
                 Fol.
                 79.
                 
              
               
                 5.
                 
                 Is
                 the
                 loue
                 wherewith
                 we
                 shall
                 loue
                 God
                 in
                 the
                 life
                 to
                 come
                 .
                 Fol.
                 94.
                 
              
            
          
           
             Of
             the
             marks
             and
             effects
             of
             the
             loue
             of
             God.
             Cha.
             3.
             
             Fol.
             102.
             
             
               
                 1.
                 
                 Marke
                 is
                 ,
                 that
                 it
                 extinguisheth
                 all
                 voluptuous
                 
                 loue
                 .
                 Fol.
                 105.
                 
              
               
                 2.
                 
                 That
                 it
                 is
                 the
                 peace
                 and
                 tranquillitie
                 of
                 the
                 soule
                 .
                 Fol.
                 122.
                 
              
               
                 3.
                 
                 That
                 it
                 is
                 charitie
                 to
                 our
                 neighbours
                 .
                 Fol.
                 136.
                 
              
               
                 4.
                 
                 And
                 the
                 pleasure
                 to
                 cōmunicate
                 often
                 with
                 God.
                 Fol.
                 153.
                 
              
               
                 5.
                 
                 It
                 is
                 the
                 zeale
                 of
                 the
                 glorie
                 of
                 God.
                 Fol.
                 184.
                 
              
            
          
           
             Fiue
             meanes
             or
             aids
             to
             inflame
             vs
             in
             this
             loue
             of
             God.
             Chap.
             4.
             
             Fol.
             202.
             
             
               
                 1.
                 
                 Meanes
                 is
                 the
                 image
                 of
                 vices
                 .
                 Fol.
                 206.
                 
              
               
                 2.
                 
                 The
                 choise
                 of
                 friends
                 .
                 Fol.
                 215.
                 
              
               
                 3.
                 
                 The
                 hatred
                 of
                 the
                 world
                 Fol.
                 226.
                 
              
               
                 
                 4.
                 
                 Prayer
                 .
                 Fol.
                 238.
                 
              
               
                 5.
                 
                 The
                 hearing
                 and
                 reading
                 of
                 the
                 word
                 of
                 God.
                 Fol.
                 254.
                 
              
            
          
        
      
    
     
       
         
         
           CHAP.
           I.
           Of
           true
           and
           false
           Loue.
           
        
         
           LOue
           is
           that
           point
           of
           our
           spirites
           ,
           whereby
           she
           ioyneth
           her selfe
           vnto
           obiects
           .
           That
           which
           is
           weight
           in
           heauie
           things
           ,
           Loue
           is
           the
           verie
           same
           in
           our
           soules
           .
           For
           as
           weight
           moueth
           earthly
           bodyes
           towardes
           the
           place
           of
           their
           rest
           ,
           so
           loue
           moueth
           our
           soules
           towardes
           that
           obiect
           which
           promiseth
           rest
           &
           contentment
           .
           Whereupon
           it
           followeth
           ,
           that
           
           as
           heauie
           things
           doe
           moue
           in
           a
           direct
           line
           towards
           the
           place
           of
           their
           rest
           ;
           so
           if
           we
           will
           attaine
           vnto
           any
           perfect
           repose
           ,
           our
           loue
           must
           go
           right
           ,
           and
           haue
           an
           equall
           motion
           .
        
         
           1
           True
           loue
           then
           is
           that
           same
           ,
           
           which
           giueth
           rest
           and
           contentment
           vnto
           the
           soule
           ;
           whereas
           false
           loue
           is
           an
           irregular
           agitation
           ,
           and
           endlesse
           motion
           .
           Such
           is
           worldly
           loue
           ,
           which
           we
           see
           to
           be
           filled
           with
           vnquietnesse
           ,
           and
           not
           to
           stay
           his
           agitation
           ,
           but
           through
           wearisomnesse
           or
           despaire
           ,
           
           which
           is
           no
           rest
           ,
           but
           an
           vnablenesse
           to
           moue
           ,
           because
           that
           force
           failing
           ,
           desire
           doth
           still
           continue
           ;
           like
           vnto
           a
           tied
           horse
           ,
           which
           gnaweth
           his
           bit
           .
           Such
           are
           almost
           all
           men
           :
           they
           haue
           many
           desires
           ,
           and
           little
           power
           ;
           they
           most
           desire
           that
           they
           can
           least
           do
           :
           neither
           being
           able
           to
           obey
           or
           command
           their
           couetousnes
           .
           They
           cannot
           obey
           it
           ,
           because
           of
           their
           weaknes
           ;
           nor
           commaund
           it
           ,
           because
           of
           their
           incontinencie
           .
           So
           that
           if
           a
           man
           enioy
           ,
           without
           any
           let
           ,
           that
           
           which
           he
           loueth
           ,
           that
           verie
           easinesse
           it selfe
           bringeth
           him
           a
           distast
           withal
           .
           For
           worldly
           loue
           is
           enflamed
           by
           resistāce
           ,
           and
           nourished
           with
           difficulties
           :
           like
           vnto
           those
           fishes
           which
           loue
           to
           be
           in
           violent
           streames
           and
           floud-gates
           ,
           but
           do
           die
           in
           a
           still
           water
           .
        
         
           The
           cause
           of
           this
           vnquietnesse
           ,
           is
           because
           that
           our
           loue
           chuseth
           false
           obiects
           ,
           and
           which
           cannot
           satisfy
           couetousnesse
           .
           For
           if
           you
           passe
           your
           eie
           vpon
           all
           which
           is
           best
           and
           most
           pleasing
           in
           the
           world
           ,
           you
           
           shall
           not
           finde
           therein
           any
           firme
           and
           stable
           quiet
           ,
           but
           a
           chaine
           of
           cares
           linked
           together
           ,
           a
           web
           of
           perpetuall
           vnrest
           .
           The
           most
           graue
           sweetes
           are
           sow●ed
           in
           bitternes
           .
           The
           atcheiuement
           of
           riches
           ,
           pleasure
           and
           honour
           ,
           is
           painfull
           ,
           and
           many
           perish
           in
           the
           pursuite
           therof
           :
           the
           possession
           is
           vncertaine
           ,
           but
           the
           losse
           certaine
           .
           For
           if
           these
           things
           leaue
           not
           vs
           by
           some
           accident
           ,
           we
           shall
           leaue
           thē
           by
           death
           .
           These
           are
           things
           which
           are
           bestowed
           not
           onely
           vpon
           the
           wicked
           ,
           but
           
           euen
           because
           they
           are
           bad
           ,
           as
           being
           rewards
           of
           wickednesse
           .
           To
           expose
           a
           mans
           loue
           towards
           these
           things
           ,
           is
           but
           a
           pursuing
           of
           the
           winde
           ,
           and
           a
           perpetuall
           trauell
           .
           For
           euen
           when
           these
           things
           might
           be
           termed
           alwaies
           good
           ,
           yet
           are
           they
           vncertaine
           .
           A
           man
           cannot
           take
           good
           aime
           at
           a
           flying
           fowle
           ,
           nor
           haue
           any
           assured
           designement
           ,
           aiming
           after
           transitorie
           goods
           and
           pleasures
           .
           We
           must
           seek
           our
           rest
           then
           some
           other
           where
           thē
           on
           earth
           ,
           and
           turne
           the
           edge
           of
           
           our
           loue
           ,
           towards
           heauen
           .
           For
           euen
           as
           the
           lower
           part
           of
           the
           elementary
           region
           ,
           is
           the
           seate
           of
           windes
           ,
           tempests
           and
           earthquakes
           ,
           but
           that
           part
           towards
           heauen
           is
           alwaies
           peaceable
           &
           stil
           :
           so
           our
           loue
           shall
           be
           euer
           full
           of
           vnquietnes
           ,
           whilest
           it
           setteth
           it self
           vpon
           base
           things
           ;
           but
           it
           shall
           find
           rest
           if
           it
           raise
           it selfe
           towards
           heauē
           ,
           &
           Gods
           promises
           .
           And
           for
           this
           cause
           is
           it
           ,
           that
           in
           the
           middest
           of
           tempestuous
           wether
           at
           sea
           ,
           the
           needle
           of
           the
           Compasse
           remaineth
           alwayes
           vnmoueable
           ,
           
           and
           stayed
           vpon
           one
           point
           ,
           namely
           ,
           be
           cause
           it
           gouerneth
           it self
           by
           the
           Pole.
           In
           like
           sort
           the
           soule
           of
           a
           faithfull
           Christian
           ,
           in
           the
           midst
           of
           the
           confusiōs
           of
           this
           world
           ,
           &
           most
           grieuous
           afflictions
           ,
           shall
           enioy
           a
           most
           assured
           peace
           ,
           because
           his
           loue
           aimeth
           at
           heauen
           ,
           and
           stayeth
           it selfe
           vpon
           Gods
           promises
           ,
           which
           is
           the
           true
           obiect
           of
           our
           loue
           ,
           which
           alone
           is
           to
           be
           chiefly
           loued
           ;
           which
           can
           make
           vs
           louely
           in
           louing
           vs
           ,
           and
           which
           alone
           can
           ,
           yea
           will
           make
           them
           
           happie
           who
           loue
           them
           .
           As
           the
           Apostle
           
             S.
             Paul
          
           saith
           :
           
           
             The
             eie
             of
             man
             hath
             not
             seene
             ,
             his
             eares
             heard
             ,
             nor
             hath
             euer
             entred
             into
             his
             hart
             ,
             what
             things
             God
             hath
             prepared
             for
             those
             which
             loue
             him
             .
          
           Also
           he
           promiseth
           in
           
             S.
             Iohn
             :
             To
             come
             vnto
             him
             which
             loueth
             him
             ,
          
           
           
             and
             to
             dwell
             with
             him
          
           .
           Admirable
           loue
           ,
           which
           maketh
           our
           soules
           to
           be
           the
           pallace
           of
           the
           King
           of
           heauen
           ,
           and
           the
           sanctuarie
           of
           his
           Spirit
           .
        
         
           2
           Philosophie
           leadeth
           vs
           hereunto
           at
           vnawares
           :
           for
           it
           hath
           for
           a
           
           generall
           Maxime
           ,
           that
           God
           and
           nature
           make
           nothing
           in
           vaine
           .
           Now
           this
           infinit
           desire
           ,
           this
           vn
           satiable
           appetite
           which
           is
           in
           man
           ,
           should
           be
           in
           vaine
           ,
           if
           there
           were
           not
           something
           to
           content
           it
           ;
           which
           being
           not
           found
           vpon
           earth
           ,
           must
           be
           sought
           for
           in
           heauen
           ,
           and
           towards
           God
           ,
           who
           is
           infinite
           goodnesse
           .
        
         
           3
           Adde
           hereunto
           ,
           that
           God
           hauing
           created
           the
           world
           for
           mans
           vse
           ,
           hath
           without
           all
           doubt
           created
           man
           for
           some
           better
           thing
           then
           the
           world
           ,
           to
           wit
           ,
           for
           
           God
           himselfe
           .
        
         
           4
           And
           that
           amongst
           all
           creatures
           ,
           God
           hath
           created
           man
           alone
           vnto
           his
           Image
           ,
           alone
           with
           vpright
           stature
           ,
           &
           visage
           erected
           vpwards
           ,
           to
           the
           end
           he
           might
           loue
           him
           whose
           resemblance
           hee
           beareth
           ,
           and
           that
           his
           desire
           and
           his
           loue
           might
           aime
           at
           heauenly
           things
           .
        
         
           5
           Adde
           we
           hereunto
           ,
           that
           the
           perfection
           of
           our
           spirits
           cannot
           be
           but
           in
           the
           vnion
           with
           the
           Chiefe
           of
           spirits
           ,
           which
           communicateth
           his
           vertue
           vnto
           the
           creature
           ,
           in
           like
           fashiō
           as
           the
           
           Sunne
           darteth
           out
           his
           beames
           ,
           that
           is
           ,
           giueth
           it
           in
           such
           sort
           ,
           that
           it
           yet
           dependeth
           vpon
           him
           after
           hauing
           giuen
           it
           .
        
         
           6
           Moreouer
           ,
           true
           loue
           is
           that
           which
           transformeth
           the
           louer
           into
           the
           thing
           beloued
           .
           Now
           if
           a
           deformed
           man
           loue
           a
           corporall
           beautie
           ,
           neuer
           shall
           hee
           by
           that
           loue
           correct
           his
           owne
           imperfection
           :
           contrariwise
           ,
           by
           louing
           God
           ,
           we
           become
           like
           to
           him
           ,
           and
           as
           the
           Apostle
           saith
           in
           the
           2.
           
           Corinth
           .
           chap.
           3.
           
           
             Beholding
             as
             in
             a
             mirrour
             the
             glorie
             of
             the
             Lord
             with
             
             open
             face
             ,
             we
             are
             changed
             into
             the
             same
             image
             .
          
        
         
           7
           Finally
           ,
           beauty
           being
           the
           first
           sparke
           of
           loue
           ,
           we
           shall
           see
           hereby
           how
           that
           which
           we
           call
           loue
           ,
           is
           not
           so
           ,
           but
           only
           a
           superficial
           colour
           which
           couereth
           filth
           ;
           but
           that
           light
           is
           true
           beautie
           .
           God
           then
           being
           the
           first
           light
           ,
           &
           father
           of
           lights
           ,
           is
           also
           the
           
             chiefe
             beautie
          
           ,
           and
           by
           consequent
           hee
           that
           we
           ought
           chiefly
           to
           loue
           .
        
         
           Yet
           humane
           Philosophie
           disagreeth
           here
           in
           one
           point
           from
           diuine
           ,
           which
           is
           the
           word
           of
           
           God.
           For
           naturall
           Philosophie
           holdeth
           ,
           that
           naturall
           motion
           is
           alwayes
           better
           then
           that
           which
           is
           against
           nature
           .
           On
           the
           cōtrarie
           ,
           in
           matter
           of
           loue
           ,
           the
           Scripture
           teacheth
           vs
           ,
           that
           the
           loue
           contrarie
           vnto
           our
           nature
           ,
           is
           better
           then
           the
           natural
           .
           For
           sithence
           Sathan
           by
           seducing
           Adam
           hath
           disfigured
           the
           Image
           of
           God
           in
           man
           ,
           mans
           desires
           haue
           turned
           towards
           the
           world
           ,
           and
           in
           a
           maner
           our
           loue
           hath
           bene
           fallen
           headlong
           downe
           from
           heauen
           to
           earth
           .
           The
           affections
           
           of
           the
           flesh
           are
           enmity
           with
           God.
           
           Rom.
           8.
           
           If
           any
           one
           loue
           God
           ,
           it
           is
           not
           of
           his
           owne
           nature
           ,
           but
           it
           is
           a
           gift
           of
           God.
           Wherefore
           our
           Lord
           Iesus
           in
           the
           eight
           of
           Saint
           Iohn
           ,
           saith
           ,
           that
           
             none
             can
             come
             to
             him
             if
             his
             Father
             draw
             him
             not
             ,
          
           And
           the
           Apostle
           
             S.
             Paul
          
           pulling
           vs
           out
           of
           the
           mire
           and
           thicke
           mud
           ,
           commandeth
           vs
           to
           
             seeke
             the
             things
             which
             are
             on
             high
             .
          
           Coloss
           .
           3.
           ver
           .
           1
           ,
           2.
           
           For
           the
           saying
           of
           the
           Apostle
           
             S.
             Iohn
          
           is
           most
           true
           ,
           that
           
             we
             must
             loue
             God
             because
             he
             hath
             loued
             
             vs
             first
             .
          
           This
           is
           also
           one
           of
           the
           effects
           of
           the
           loue
           of
           God
           towards
           vs
           ,
           to
           wit
           ,
           
           
             our
             loue
             towards
             him
          
           .
           And
           there
           is
           nothing
           that
           we
           ought
           to
           demaund
           of
           God
           with
           more
           feruencie
           ,
           then
           to
           haue
           the
           grace
           to
           loue
           him
           :
           for
           this
           is
           vnto
           the
           faithfull
           a
           witnesse
           that
           God
           loueth
           him
           :
           it
           is
           the
           first
           effect
           of
           faith
           :
           it
           is
           a
           most
           expresse
           trace
           of
           Gods
           image
           :
           it
           is
           the
           most
           liuely
           marke
           of
           Gods
           children
           .
           This
           loue
           is
           the
           soule
           of
           other
           vertues
           ,
           the
           rule
           of
           our
           actions
           ,
           the
           summary
           of
           
           the
           law
           .
           This
           loue
           is
           the
           vpholder
           of
           Martyrs
           ,
           the
           ladder
           of
           heauen
           ,
           the
           peace
           of
           conscience
           :
           yea
           ,
           I
           dare
           say
           ,
           it
           is
           a
           tast
           and
           a
           beginning
           of
           the
           vnion
           and
           communication
           which
           we
           shal
           haue
           with
           God
           in
           heauen
           .
           Our
           meditation
           cannot
           chuse
           a
           more
           excellent
           subiect
           :
           for
           what
           is
           there
           which
           is
           greater
           then
           God
           ,
           or
           more
           sweete
           thē
           his
           loue
           ?
           The
           profit
           likewise
           is
           no
           lesse
           then
           the
           sweetnesse
           :
           for
           men
           are
           good
           or
           bad
           ,
           
           not
           because
           they
           beleeue
           ,
           but
           because
           they
           loue
           .
           
           Those
           be
           good
           which
           loue
           good
           things
           ;
           and
           amongst
           good
           things
           what
           is
           there
           like
           vnto
           God
           ?
           who
           not
           onely
           is
           soueraignely
           good
           ,
           but
           who
           also
           maketh
           them
           good
           which
           loue
           him
           .
           Let
           vs
           then
           endeuour
           so
           to
           do
           ,
           and
           to
           be
           disciples
           vnto
           the
           holy
           Spirit
           ,
           which
           is
           loue
           it selfe
           ,
           and
           which
           will
           forme
           our
           hearts
           vnto
           loue
           ;
           lest
           we
           be
           deceiued
           vnder
           this
           name
           of
           loue
           ,
           and
           lest
           we
           should
           take
           for
           this
           true
           loue
           ,
           a
           corporall
           loue
           ,
           an
           importunate
           itching
           ,
           a
           furious
           
           heate
           ,
           to
           wit
           ,
           the
           worst
           of
           vices
           for
           the
           chiefe
           of
           vertues
           ,
           a
           brutall
           sicknesse
           for
           an
           Angelicall
           perfection
           .
        
         
           I
           know
           truly
           that
           he
           who
           shall
           dispose
           himselfe
           to
           loue
           God
           with
           al
           his
           heart
           ,
           &
           to
           neglect
           all
           other
           considerations
           in
           regard
           of
           his
           seruice
           ,
           shall
           necessarily
           incurre
           the
           hatred
           of
           the
           world
           ,
           
             whose
             loue
             is
             enmitie
             with
             God
             ,
          
           
           as
           the
           Apostle
           Saint
           Iames
           saith
           .
           But
           God
           causeth
           this
           hatred
           of
           the
           world
           to
           profite
           vs
           :
           for
           as
           the
           Apostle
           saith
           ,
           
             All
             things
             together
          
           ,
           
           
             one
             
             with
             another
             ,
             turne
             to
             the
             good
             of
             those
             which
             loue
             God.
          
           Euils
           become
           blessings
           vnto
           them
           ,
           corporall
           afflictions
           are
           so
           many
           spiritual
           exercises
           vnto
           them
           ,
           the
           sicknesses
           of
           the
           bodie
           are
           medicines
           vnto
           their
           soules
           :
           for
           in
           the
           hands
           of
           this
           soueraigne
           Physitiō
           ,
           verie
           poison
           it selfe
           becometh
           a
           medicine
           ;
           his
           strokes
           are
           balme
           ,
           
           as
           Dauid
           saith
           :
           
             and
             in
             suffering
             for
             Gods
             cause
             ,
             there
             is
             not
             onely
             matter
             of
             patience
             ,
             but
             euen
             occasion
             of
             glory
             .
          
           They
           are
           like
           scarres
           on
           the
           forehead
           ,
           honorable
           
           maimes
           ,
           conformities
           vnto
           Iesus
           Christ
           ,
           liueries
           of
           a
           Christian
           souldier
           .
           And
           all
           through
           the
           vnderpropping
           of
           this
           loue
           ,
           whose
           sweetnesse
           tempereth
           this
           bitternesse
           ,
           and
           maketh
           vs
           reioyce
           for
           his
           names
           sake
           .
        
         
           Some
           one
           will
           say
           ,
           that
           the
           loue
           of
           God
           is
           an
           excellent
           vertue
           indeed
           :
           but
           that
           to
           loue
           him
           ,
           we
           must
           know
           him
           before
           ,
           and
           that
           we
           cannot
           know
           him
           in
           this
           life
           ,
           but
           with
           a
           slender
           &
           obscure
           knowledge
           .
           This
           is
           true
           :
           but
           for
           all
           
           this
           ,
           we
           must
           not
           let
           to
           study
           the
           same
           ,
           we
           must
           not
           suffer
           ignorance
           to
           be
           cause
           of
           negligence
           :
           for
           wee
           cannot
           haue
           so
           litle
           knowledge
           of
           God
           ,
           but
           it
           will
           profit
           vs
           ,
           and
           stirre
           vs
           vp
           vnto
           the
           loue
           of
           God.
           One
           beame
           of
           his
           light
           is
           worth
           the
           whole
           Sun.
           A
           man
           were
           better
           to
           haue
           an
           obscure
           knowledge
           of
           God
           ,
           then
           a
           cleare
           vnderstanding
           of
           naturall
           things
           .
           If
           a
           beam
           of
           the
           Sun
           do
           enter
           into
           an
           obscure
           den
           or
           dungeō
           ,
           the
           prisoner
           by
           this
           little
           snip
           knoweth
           
           the
           beautie
           of
           light
           :
           so
           the
           little
           which
           wee
           haue
           of
           the
           knowledge
           of
           God
           ,
           is
           sufficient
           to
           giue
           vs
           a
           taste
           of
           his
           excellencie
           ,
           and
           to
           inflame
           vs
           with
           his
           loue
           .
           Moreouer
           ,
           the
           knowledge
           which
           Gods
           giues
           vs
           of
           himselfe
           ,
           is
           not
           so
           small
           ,
           but
           it
           is
           sufficient
           vnto
           saluation
           :
           and
           the
           obligations
           which
           we
           owe
           vnto
           the
           goodnesse
           of
           God
           (
           the
           causes
           of
           our
           loue
           )
           are
           fully
           represented
           vnto
           vs
           in
           the
           word
           of
           God
           ,
           where
           the
           Apostle
           Saint
           Paul
           herald
           of
           the
           said
           word
           ,
           saith
           ,
           
           
             That
             vnto
             vs
             is
             declared
             all
             the
             counsell
             of
             God.
             Acts
          
           20.
           27.
           
        
      
       
         
           CHAP.
           II.
           Fiue
           degrees
           of
           the
           Loue
           of
           God.
           
        
         
           WE
           are
           so
           vncapable
           of
           the
           loue
           of
           God
           ,
           that
           we
           are
           euen
           ignorant
           what
           it
           is
           .
           This
           herbe
           groweth
           not
           in
           our
           garden
           ;
           it
           is
           a
           gift
           from
           aboue
           ,
           comming
           from
           the
           Father
           of
           lights
           ,
           who
           is
           loue
           &
           charitie
           it selfe
           ,
           as
           saith
           Saint
           Iohn
           .
           It
           is
           a
           licour
           which
           God
           powreth
           
           into
           our
           soules
           by
           drops
           as
           into
           narrow
           mouthed
           vessels
           .
           Wherefore
           to
           deale
           with
           our selues
           according
           to
           our
           owne
           slownesse
           ,
           we
           will
           endeuour
           to
           receiue
           it
           into
           our
           mindes
           by
           little
           and
           little
           ,
           and
           by
           easie
           steps
           to
           bring
           our selues
           to
           the
           highest
           degree
           of
           loue
           .
        
         
           There
           are
           fiue
           degrees
           of
           this
           loue
           ;
           the
           lowest
           whereof
           being
           the
           most
           imperfect
           ,
           doth
           serue
           notwithstāding
           to
           raise
           vs
           to
           the
           highest
           .
        
         
           1
           The
           first
           degree
           is
           to
           loue
           God
           ,
           because
           
           of
           the
           good
           which
           hee
           doth
           vs
           ,
           and
           which
           we
           hope
           to
           receiue
           of
           him
           .
        
         
           2
           The
           second
           degree
           is
           to
           loue
           him
           for
           his
           owne
           sake
           ,
           because
           he
           is
           soueraignely
           excellent
           ,
           and
           most
           excellently
           amiable
           .
        
         
           3
           The
           third
           is
           ,
           not
           only
           to
           loue
           God
           aboue
           al
           things
           ,
           and
           more
           then
           our selues
           ,
           but
           also
           not
           to
           loue
           any
           thing
           in
           the
           world
           but
           for
           Gods
           loue
           .
        
         
           4
           The
           fourth
           is
           ,
           to
           hate
           our selues
           for
           Gods
           sake
           .
        
         
           5
           Aboue
           all
           which
           
           degrees
           ,
           that
           loue
           of
           God
           excelleth
           ,
           wherewith
           we
           shall
           loue
           him
           in
           the
           life
           to
           come
           .
           A
           loue
           which
           burneth
           in
           the
           breasts
           of
           Saints
           and
           Angels
           ,
           which
           stand
           before
           his
           throne
           of
           glorie
           .
        
         
           We
           call
           these
           sorts
           of
           loue
           ,
           degrees
           ,
           and
           not
           kinds
           ;
           because
           the
           higher
           degrees
           containe
           the
           inferiour
           :
           euen
           as
           the
           most
           excellēt
           white
           differeth
           frō
           other
           whitenesse
           lesse
           cleare
           ,
           not
           in
           kinde
           of
           colour
           ,
           but
           in
           degree
           :
           steps
           vpō
           which
           wee
           must
           get
           vp
           ,
           and
           
           vpon
           each
           of
           them
           stay
           a
           little
           our
           spirits
           .
        
         
           
             The
             first
             degree
             .
          
           
             THe
             first
             and
             lowest
             step
             ,
             
             is
             to
             loue
             God
             because
             of
             the
             good
             which
             he
             doth
             vs.
             Vpon
             this
             degree
             of
             loue
             was
             Dauid
             ,
             when
             in
             the
             116
             Psalme
             he
             saith
             ,
             
               I
               loue
               the
               Lord
               because
               he
               hath
               heard
               my
               voice
               :
            
             and
             so
             in
             the
             18.
             
             Psalme
             .
             
               For
               God
               will
               be
               loued
               for
               doing
               good
               vnto
               vs.
               It
               is
               God
               which
               hath
               made
               vs
               ,
               which
               keepeth
               and
               guideth
               vs
               ,
               which
               nourisheth
               
               our
               bodies
               and
               instructeth
               our
               soules
               ;
               redeemeth
               vs
               by
               his
               Sonne
               ,
               gouerneth
               vs
               by
               his
               holy
               Spirit
               ,
               teacheth
               vs
               by
               his
               word
               :
            
             maketh
             vs
             his
             seruants
             ,
             yea
             his
             friends
             ,
             
             yea
             his
             children
             ,
             yea
             euen
             one
             with
             himselfe
             .
             Plato
             philosophizing
             vpon
             the
             grace
             of
             God
             ,
             according
             as
             he
             was
             able
             ,
             gaue
             thankes
             vnto
             him
             for
             three
             things
             .
             1.
             
             For
             that
             he
             had
             created
             him
             a
             mā
             ,
             &
             not
             a
             beast
             .
             2.
             
             That
             he
             was
             borne
             a
             Grecian
             ,
             and
             not
             a
             Barbarian
             .
             3.
             
             That
             not
             onely
             so
             ,
             but
             a
             Philosopher
             also
             .
             We
             that
             
             are
             instructed
             in
             a
             better
             schoole
             ,
             do
             otherwise
             distribute
             our
             thanksgiuing
             ,
             and
             do
             praise
             him
             for
             three
             things
             also
             .
             1.
             
             That
             amongst
             all
             his
             creatures
             ,
             he
             hath
             made
             vs
             men
             ,
             created
             after
             his
             owne
             image
             .
             2.
             
             That
             frō
             amongst
             all
             sorts
             of
             men
             hee
             hath
             made
             vs
             Christians
             .
             3.
             
             That
             amongst
             those
             which
             beare
             the
             name
             of
             Christians
             ,
             he
             hath
             made
             vs
             faithfull
             ones
             .
             Herunto
             you
             may
             adde
             if
             you
             will
             the
             4.
             that
             he
             hath
             adopted
             &
             elected
             vs
             in
             his
             Sonne
             before
             the
             foundation
             
             of
             the
             worlde
             :
             hauing
             had
             care
             of
             vs
             not
             onely
             before
             we
             were
             borne
             ,
             but
             euen
             before
             the
             world
             was
             made
             .
             For
             if
             a
             woman
             lately
             conceiuing
             ,
             loue
             her
             future
             fruite
             ,
             much
             more
             doth
             she
             so
             when
             it
             is
             borne
             and
             embraced
             in
             her
             armes
             :
             so
             if
             God
             loued
             vs
             before
             wee
             had
             any
             being
             ,
             how
             much
             more
             when
             we
             call
             vpon
             him
             and
             loue
             him
             with
             a
             filiall
             loue
             ?
             Now
             in
             this
             grace
             ,
             the
             lesse
             our
             number
             is
             ,
             the
             greater
             is
             our
             priuiledge
             ,
             the
             greater
             his
             bountie
             and
             mercie
             
             towards
             vs
             ,
             to
             be
             like
             a
             few
             wel
             sighted
             amōgst
             a
             throng
             of
             blind
             men
             ;
             like
             the
             portion
             of
             Iacob
             in
             Egypt
             ,
             alone
             enlightned
             in
             the
             midst
             of
             that
             darknesse
             which
             couered
             all
             the
             countrey
             :
             like
             Gedeons
             fleece
             ,
             alonely
             watered
             with
             his
             blessing
             ,
             whilest
             all
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             earth
             is
             drie
             and
             destitute
             of
             his
             grace
             .
             God
             hath
             enuironed
             vs
             with
             examples
             of
             blindnesse
             ,
             to
             the
             end
             wee
             might
             make
             the
             more
             account
             of
             light
             ,
             and
             that
             wee
             should
             go
             on
             in
             the
             way
             of
             righteousnes
             
             whilest
             the
             day
             lasteth
             ,
             whilest
             he
             enlighteneth
             vs
             by
             his
             word
             .
          
           
             All
             these
             graces
             depend
             vpon
             one
             speciall
             grace
             ,
             which
             is
             our
             reconciliation
             with
             God
             by
             the
             death
             of
             Iesus
             Christ
             ;
             it
             is
             he
             that
             is
             the
             conduit-pipe
             ,
             through
             which
             the
             graces
             of
             God
             do
             flow
             vnto
             vs
             :
             it
             is
             Iacobs
             ladder
             ,
             which
             ioyneth
             earth
             vnto
             heauen
             ,
             which
             ioineth
             man
             againe
             with
             God.
             The
             Angels
             ascending
             this
             ladder
             ,
             do
             signifie
             our
             prayers
             .
             The
             Angels
             descending
             ,
             signifie
             Gods
             
             blessings
             .
             Iacobs
             sleeping
             at
             the
             foote
             of
             this
             ladder
             ,
             representeth
             the
             rest
             of
             our
             consciences
             vnder
             the
             shadow
             of
             his
             intercession
             .
             For
             before
             ,
             on
             what
             side
             soeuer
             man
             could
             turne
             his
             eyes
             ,
             he
             could
             see
             nothing
             but
             matter
             of
             feare
             and
             astonishment
             .
             If
             he
             looked
             on
             God
             ,
             he
             saw
             a
             consuming
             fire
             ,
             and
             a
             soueraigne
             iustice
             armed
             against
             sinners
             .
             If
             he
             looked
             on
             the
             law
             ,
             hee
             saw
             the
             sentence
             of
             his
             condemnation
             :
             if
             on
             the
             heauē
             ,
             he
             said
             ,
             I
             am
             shut
             out
             thereof
             by
             my
             sins
             :
             
             if
             on
             the
             world
             ,
             he
             saw
             himselfe
             fallen
             from
             the
             empire
             he
             before
             had
             ouer
             the
             creatures
             :
             if
             on
             himselfe
             ,
             he
             saw
             a
             thousand
             corporall
             and
             spirituall
             infirmities
             .
             By
             the
             signes
             in
             heauen
             ,
             and
             earthquakes
             ,
             he
             was
             seized
             with
             trembling
             and
             feare
             :
             then
             Satan
             ,
             death
             and
             hell
             were
             the
             enemies
             which
             either
             drew
             him
             to
             perdition
             ,
             or
             tortured
             him
             with
             their
             apprehension
             .
             But
             now
             each
             man
             which
             hath
             an
             assured
             trust
             in
             Iesus
             Christ
             ,
             looketh
             on
             all
             these
             things
             with
             another
             
             eye
             ,
             and
             singeth
             another
             song
             .
             If
             he
             looke
             vpon
             God
             ,
             he
             will
             say
             ,
             It
             is
             my
             Father
             ,
             who
             hath
             adopted
             me
             in
             his
             Sonne
             .
             If
             he
             thinke
             on
             the
             iudgement
             seate
             of
             the
             last
             day
             ,
             he
             will
             say
             ,
             My
             elder
             brother
             sitteth
             thereon
             ,
             and
             he
             who
             is
             my
             Iudge
             ,
             is
             also
             my
             aduocate
             .
             If
             he
             thinke
             on
             the
             Angels
             ,
             he
             will
             say
             ,
             These
             are
             my
             keepers
             ,
             Psal
             .
             34.
             
             If
             he
             looke
             on
             heauen
             ,
             he
             will
             say
             ,
             It
             is
             my
             house
             .
             If
             he
             heare
             it
             thunder
             from
             aboue
             ,
             he
             will
             say
             ,
             It
             is
             my
             Fathers
             voice
             .
             If
             he
             consider
             the
             
             law
             ,
             he
             saith
             ,
             The
             Sonne
             of
             God
             hath
             fulfilled
             it
             for
             me
             .
             If
             he
             be
             in
             prosperitie
             on
             earth
             ,
             he
             will
             say
             ,
             God
             hath
             yet
             better
             things
             for
             me
             in
             store
             .
             If
             he
             be
             in
             aduersitie
             ,
             he
             wil
             say
             ,
             Iesus
             Christ
             hath
             suffered
             much
             more
             hereof
             for
             my
             sake
             ;
             God
             exerciseth
             me
             ,
             proueth
             me
             ,
             or
             correcteth
             me
             ,
             or
             rather
             honoureth
             mee
             ,
             making
             me
             like
             vnto
             his
             Sonne
             .
             If
             he
             thinke
             on
             the
             diuell
             ,
             death
             ,
             or
             hell
             ,
             then
             he
             will
             triumph
             ouer
             all
             ,
             saying
             with
             the
             Apostle
             ,
             1.
             
             Cor.
             15.
             
             
               O
               death
               ,
               where
               is
               thy
               victorie
               ?
               
               O
               graue
               where
               is
               thy
               sting
               ?
               Thankes
               be
               to
               God
               who
               hath
               giuen
               vs
               victorie
               through
               Iesus
               Christ
               our
               Lord.
            
             If
             these
             things
             buzze
             and
             keepe
             a
             noise
             like
             angrie
             waspes
             ,
             yet
             haue
             they
             lost
             their
             sting
             .
             If
             the
             old
             Serpent
             pricke
             our
             heele
             ,
             yet
             is
             his
             head
             bruised
             .
             If
             the
             diuell
             through
             persecutions
             giue
             vs
             a
             false
             alarme
             ,
             yet
             belong
             we
             to
             Iesus
             Christ
             ,
             who
             hath
             bought
             vs
             ,
             and
             none
             shall
             snatch
             vs
             out
             of
             his
             hand
             .
             Who
             wil
             feare
             hauing
             such
             a
             patron
             ,
             who
             not
             onely
             maketh
             intercession
             
             for
             sinners
             ,
             but
             of
             sinners
             maketh
             them
             iust
             ?
             who
             not
             only
             pleadeth
             for
             a
             bad
             case
             ,
             but
             also
             of
             bad
             ,
             maketh
             it
             good
             ,
             because
             that
             hee
             doth
             not
             only
             pray
             ,
             but
             also
             pay
             for
             vs
             :
             so
             that
             to
             pardon
             vs
             is
             not
             onely
             a
             worke
             of
             his
             mercie
             ,
             but
             also
             an
             effect
             of
             his
             iustice
             .
          
           
             These
             obligations
             vnto
             the
             louing
             God
             ,
             are
             common
             vnto
             all
             the
             faithfull
             .
             But
             I
             thinke
             ,
             if
             each
             one
             would
             looke
             backe
             into
             the
             course
             of
             his
             life
             ,
             and
             call
             to
             mind
             the
             time
             passed
             ,
             there
             is
             
             none
             of
             vs
             but
             should
             finde
             iust
             cause
             to
             acknowledg
             besides
             these
             common
             benefites
             ,
             manie
             particular
             witnesses
             of
             the
             care
             and
             loue
             of
             God
             towards
             vs
             :
             Of
             deliuerances
             out
             of
             many
             dangers
             ,
             vnhoped
             for
             good
             chances
             ,
             commodious
             afflictions
             ,
             our
             purposes
             crossed
             ,
             but
             for
             our
             good
             ,
             extraordinary
             meanes
             to
             bring
             vs
             vnto
             the
             knowledge
             of
             his
             truth
             .
             Shall
             it
             be
             said
             ,
             that
             the
             blessings
             of
             God
             haue
             rained
             vpon
             the
             sands
             ,
             without
             making
             vs
             more
             fruitful
             of
             good
             
             works
             ?
             Shall
             we
             be
             like
             vnto
             beasts
             ,
             which
             drink
             of
             the
             brooke
             without
             thinking
             of
             the
             spring
             ;
             without
             raising
             vp
             our
             thoughts
             vnto
             God
             the
             wel-spring
             of
             all
             blessing
             ?
          
           
             Meane
             while
             ,
             when
             we
             say
             that
             God
             doth
             vs
             good
             ,
             to
             the
             end
             we
             should
             loue
             him
             :
             it
             is
             not
             because
             he
             hath
             any
             need
             of
             our
             loue
             :
             but
             because
             he
             would
             saue
             vs
             ,
             he
             would
             that
             we
             should
             loue
             him
             ;
             because
             it
             is
             impossible
             to
             be
             saued
             whilst
             we
             hate
             him
             .
             Moreouer
             ,
             our
             louing
             
             him
             also
             ,
             is
             partly
             his
             gift
             ;
             for
             it
             is
             he
             which
             kindleth
             his
             loue
             in
             vs.
             God
             doth
             not
             only
             giue
             vs
             his
             graces
             ,
             but
             giueth
             also
             grace
             to
             demaund
             them
             ,
             the
             hand
             to
             apprehend
             them
             ,
             &
             grace
             to
             make
             good
             vse
             thereof
             :
             the
             vertue
             to
             glorifie
             him
             for
             the
             same
             ,
             in
             such
             sort
             ,
             as
             to
             acknowledge
             that
             we
             owe
             vnto
             him
             not
             only
             those
             his
             good
             things
             ,
             but
             euen
             our selues
             also
             .
             God
             doth
             good
             vnto
             the
             vnworthy
             ,
             but
             he
             maketh
             them
             worthy
             by
             this
             doing
             them
             good
             :
             his
             spiritual
             
             graces
             being
             of
             such
             nature
             ,
             as
             that
             they
             transforme
             such
             as
             receiue
             them
             .
          
           
             This
             first
             degree
             of
             loue
             being
             holy
             and
             necessary
             ,
             is
             not
             for
             all
             that
             any
             more
             then
             a
             beginning
             of
             the
             loue
             of
             God
             and
             as
             the
             first
             stroke
             of
             true
             pietie
             .
             For
             he
             who
             loueth
             God
             but
             for
             his
             profite
             ,
             is
             like
             vnto
             little
             children
             ,
             who
             say
             their
             prayers
             that
             they
             may
             breake
             their
             fasts
             :
             and
             to
             speake
             properly
             ,
             they
             loue
             not
             God
             but
             themselues
             .
             Such
             a
             loue
             ,
             if
             it
             extend
             it selfe
             no
             further
             ,
             
             is
             a
             mercenary
             loue
             ,
             yea
             and
             iniurious
             vnto
             God.
             For
             it
             may
             be
             alwayes
             thought
             ,
             that
             the
             end
             is
             better
             then
             those
             things
             which
             tend
             therunto
             .
             If
             then
             the
             loue
             of
             God
             haue
             no
             other
             end
             but
             our
             owne
             profit
             ,
             we
             place
             the
             same
             aboue
             God
             ,
             and
             make
             our
             interest
             more
             exellēt
             then
             his
             seruice
             .
             Let
             him
             then
             which
             is
             come
             to
             this
             first
             degree
             of
             loue
             ,
             if
             he
             passe
             on
             no
             further
             ,
             know
             that
             God
             pardoneth
             vs
             much
             ,
             if
             he
             punish
             not
             that
             which
             is
             grounded
             but
             vpon
             the
             
             loue
             of
             our selues
             :
             wherfore
             wee
             must
             mount
             higher
             ,
             and
             come
             to
             the
             second
             step
             .
          
        
         
           
             The
             second
             degree
             of
             Gods
             loue
             .
          
           
             THe
             second
             step
             of
             Gods
             loue
             ,
             
             is
             to
             loue
             him
             ,
             not
             onely
             for
             our
             profits
             sake
             ,
             but
             euen
             for
             his
             owne
             sake
             ,
             to
             wit
             ,
             that
             laying
             aside
             all
             consideration
             of
             his
             benefites
             ,
             yea
             and
             our
             hope
             of
             any
             profit
             from
             him
             ,
             yet
             to
             loue
             him
             aboue
             all
             things
             .
             Dauid
             speaketh
             of
             this
             loue
             in
             
             the
             69.
             
             Psalme
             ,
             
             ver
             .
             37.
             
             
               Let
               all
               them
               which
               loue
               thy
               name
               ,
               reioyce
               .
            
             Hee
             wold
             haue
             vs
             loue
             God
             for
             his
             names
             sake
             ,
             that
             is
             to
             say
             ,
             because
             he
             is
             soueraigne
             Lord
             ,
             wise
             in
             his
             counsels
             ,
             iust
             in
             his
             actions
             ,
             true
             in
             his
             promises
             ,
             dwelling
             in
             glory
             which
             none
             can
             attaine
             vnto
             ,
             possessing
             a
             soueraigne
             perfection
             .
             God
             ,
             whose
             life
             is
             without
             beginning
             and
             ending
             ,
             his
             eternitie
             without
             change
             ,
             his
             greatnesse
             without
             measure
             ,
             his
             power
             without
             resistance
             :
             who
             hath
             made
             
             the
             world
             by
             his
             word
             ,
             gouerneth
             it
             by
             his
             sight
             ,
             and
             shall
             ruinate
             it
             by
             his
             will
             :
             who
             in
             one
             vertue
             and
             perfection
             ,
             which
             is
             his
             essence
             ,
             incloseth
             all
             vertue
             ,
             which
             is
             euery
             where
             dispersed
             in
             the
             creatures
             ;
             as
             diuers
             lines
             which
             meete
             in
             one
             center
             ,
             do
             disperse
             thēselues
             by
             their
             extentiō
             .
             For
             these
             considerations
             ,
             God
             ought
             to
             be
             loued
             more
             then
             for
             the
             good
             which
             he
             doth
             vs.
             Iesus
             Christ
             himselfe
             teacheth
             vs
             the
             same
             ,
             in
             the
             prayer
             he
             formed
             for
             vs
             ;
             in
             which
             
             he
             appointeth
             vs
             to
             demaund
             the
             sanctifying
             of
             his
             name
             ,
             and
             the
             aduancement
             of
             his
             kingdome
             ,
             before
             we
             craue
             any
             thing
             for
             our
             profit
             .
             A
             desire
             which
             so
             possessed
             the
             spirit
             of
             Moses
             ,
             and
             the
             Apostle
             
               S.
               Paul
            
             ,
             that
             forgetting
             themselues
             ,
             they
             desired
             rather
             to
             be
             blotted
             out
             of
             the
             booke
             of
             life
             ,
             and
             to
             be
             accursed
             ,
             then
             that
             God
             should
             not
             be
             glorified
             .
          
           
             Wherefore
             to
             plant
             in
             vs
             this
             loue
             ,
             which
             loueth
             God
             for
             his
             owne
             sake
             ,
             it
             is
             necessarie
             to
             
             know
             so
             farre
             forth
             as
             we
             may
             ,
             what
             he
             is
             in
             himselfe
             ,
             and
             wherefore
             soueraignly
             to
             be
             beloued
             .
          
           
             Wee
             naturally
             loue
             beautie
             ;
             now
             light
             is
             the
             chiefe
             of
             beauties
             ,
             without
             which
             all
             other
             beauties
             do
             nothing
             differ
             from
             deformities
             .
             God
             then
             being
             the
             chiefe
             light
             ,
             is
             necessarily
             the
             chiefest
             beautie
             :
             
               He
               is
               the
               Father
               of
               lights
               ,
            
             saith
             
               S.
               Iames.
               The
               fountaine
               of
               light
               is
               in
               him
               ,
               and
               through
               his
               light
               we
               see
               crearly
               ,
            
             saith
             Dauid
             in
             the
             36.
             
             Psalme
             .
             For
             this
             
             cause
             ,
             when
             hee
             first
             set
             his
             hand
             vnto
             the
             creation
             ,
             he
             began
             with
             the
             light
             ,
             as
             a
             thing
             best
             representing
             his
             nature
             .
             He
             is
             the
             Sunne
             of
             iustice
             :
             the
             Sunne
             which
             setteth
             not
             ,
             which
             maketh
             no
             shadow
             ;
             vnto
             which
             all
             things
             are
             transparent
             :
             which
             not
             onely
             enlighteneth
             the
             eyes
             ,
             but
             euen
             giueth
             sight
             .
             And
             iudge
             you
             what
             this
             soueraigne
             brightnesse
             is
             ,
             
             seeing
             that
             
               the
               Scraphins
               standing
               before
               the
               Throne
               are
               dazeled
               ,
            
             
             
               and
               faine
               to
               couer
               their
               faces
               with
               
               their
               wings
               ,
            
             as
             Esay
             saith
             ,
             being
             not
             able
             to
             endure
             so
             great
             a
             splendor
             .
             For
             if
             at
             the
             glorious
             apparition
             of
             the
             humanitie
             of
             Iesus
             Christ
             ,
             the
             Sunne
             shall
             be
             darkened
             as
             some
             litle
             light
             at
             the
             appearing
             of
             a
             greater
             ,
             what
             may
             be
             the
             splendor
             of
             his
             Diuinitie
             ?
          
           
             If
             you
             will
             consider
             the
             life
             of
             God
             ,
             
             ours
             is
             but
             a
             shadow
             ,
             and
             nothing
             in
             comparison
             .
             For
             our
             life
             is
             a
             flowing
             and
             succession
             of
             parts
             :
             but
             God
             possesseth
             his
             life
             entirely
             at
             one
             instant
             ,
             and
             all
             at
             once
             .
             He
             
             who
             wil
             know
             what
             the
             life
             of
             God
             is
             in
             comparison
             of
             mans
             life
             ,
             let
             him
             compare
             the
             sea
             with
             some
             litle
             brooke
             .
             1.
             
             The
             sea
             is
             very
             great
             ,
             and
             the
             brooke
             very
             little
             .
             2.
             
             The
             sea
             budgeth
             not
             from
             his
             place
             ,
             but
             the
             brooke
             runneth
             still
             forth
             ,
             and
             is
             alwayes
             a
             new
             water
             .
             3.
             
             The
             waters
             of
             the
             Sea
             come
             from
             no
             other
             place
             ;
             but
             all
             running
             waters
             come
             from
             the
             sea
             ,
             and
             return
             thither
             .
             The
             like
             is
             the
             life
             of
             God
             compared
             with
             ours
             .
             1.
             
             His
             life
             is
             infinite
             ,
             and
             ours
             verie
             
             short
             .
             2.
             
             His
             life
             consisteth
             in
             rest
             ,
             and
             to
             possesse
             all
             his
             life
             at
             one
             instant
             :
             but
             our
             life
             is
             a
             fluxe
             ,
             and
             succession
             of
             parts
             .
             3.
             
             His
             life
             commeth
             from
             none
             other
             ,
             but
             our
             life
             commeth
             from
             him
             ,
             Acts
             17.
             ver
             .
             28.
             and
             returneth
             vnto
             him
             againe
             ,
             as
             Salomon
             saith
             in
             the
             12.
             of
             
               Ecclesiastes
               :
               The
               earth
               returneth
               vnto
               the
               earth
               ,
               as
               it
               was
               before
               ,
               and
               the
               spirit
               vnto
               God
               which
               gaue
               it
               .
            
          
           
             Gods
             knowledge
             is
             also
             a
             bottomlesse
             pit
             .
             
             He
             knoweth
             all
             things
             ,
             yea
             euen
             such
             as
             are
             not
             .
             
             Things
             passed
             ,
             are
             not
             passed
             vnto
             him
             :
             the
             future
             are
             present
             before
             him
             .
             He
             soundeth
             the
             heart
             :
             he
             seeth
             through
             the
             cloake
             of
             hypocrisie
             .
             We
             behold
             things
             one
             after
             another
             ,
             but
             he
             seeth
             them
             all
             at
             one
             view
             :
             as
             if
             a
             man
             were
             all
             eye
             ,
             and
             should
             see
             all
             that
             were
             about
             him
             without
             turning
             himselfe
             .
             We
             see
             things
             because
             they
             are
             :
             on
             the
             contrarie
             ,
             things
             are
             ,
             because
             God
             seeth
             them
             .
             For
             in
             God
             to
             see
             ,
             is
             as
             much
             as
             to
             will
             ,
             and
             his
             will
             is
             ,
             to
             do
             .
             To
             know
             
             things
             ,
             we
             looke
             vpon
             them
             :
             but
             God
             to
             know
             things
             ,
             looketh
             on
             himselfe
             ,
             because
             that
             in
             his
             wisedome
             hee
             hath
             the
             models
             of
             all
             things
             ,
             and
             in
             his
             will
             the
             sentence
             of
             all
             chances
             .
          
           
             How
             admirable
             also
             is
             his
             holinesse
             !
             
             It
             infinitely
             surpasseth
             the
             holinesse
             of
             Angels
             and
             Saints
             :
             as
             it
             is
             said
             in
             the
             booke
             of
             Iob
             ,
             chap.
             15.
             
             
               Behold
               ,
               he
               hath
               no
               assurance
               in
               his
               Saints
               ,
               and
               the
               heauens
               are
               not
               pure
               in
               his
               sight
               :
               how
               much
               more
               abhominable
               and
               vile
               is
               man
               ,
               who
               drinketh
               
               iniquitie
               like
               water
               .
            
             Euen
             as
             the
             holy
             Scripture
             calleth
             the
             highest
             heauen
             ,
             the
             heauen
             of
             heauens
             ,
             because
             it
             incloseth
             the
             inferiour
             :
             so
             also
             it
             calleth
             God
             ,
             the
             holie
             of
             holies
             ,
             because
             his
             holinesse
             incloseth
             that
             of
             all
             the
             Saints
             ,
             as
             being
             infinitely
             inferiour
             .
             The
             holinesse
             of
             the
             creature
             is
             a
             qualitie
             :
             that
             of
             God
             is
             his
             substance
             .
             God
             is
             holy
             of
             himselfe
             ;
             but
             men
             and
             Angels
             are
             not
             Saints
             ,
             but
             because
             God
             hath
             sanctified
             them
             .
             
          
           
             Also
             after
             a
             cleane
             contrarie
             manner
             vnto
             
             men
             ,
             is
             he
             iust
             .
             For
             men
             are
             iust
             ,
             because
             they
             do
             iust
             things
             .
             In
             God
             it
             is
             otherwise
             :
             for
             the
             things
             are
             iust
             because
             God
             doth
             them
             .
             For
             he
             is
             iustice
             it selfe
             .
             Wherefore
             he
             is
             iust
             for
             no
             other
             cause
             ,
             but
             for
             that
             hee
             doth
             according
             to
             his
             wil
             :
             according
             to
             which
             he
             hath
             giuen
             vs
             his
             law
             ,
             the
             perfect
             rule
             of
             iustice
             ,
             which
             he
             not
             only
             setteth
             before
             vs
             ,
             but
             also
             writeth
             it
             in
             vs
             ,
             and
             engraueth
             it
             with
             his
             finger
             in
             the
             stone
             ,
             as
             he
             promiseth
             vs
             in
             the
             31.
             of
             
               Ieremie
               :
               I
               will
               put
               my
               
               law
               into
               them
               ,
               and
               will
               write
               it
               in
               their
               harts
               .
            
             He
             loueth
             iustice
             and
             truth
             .
             
               He
               hateth
               the
               workers
               of
               iniquitie
               ,
               he
               rooteth
               out
               liers
               ,
               he
               hateth
               the
               bloud-thirsty
               and
               deceitful
               man.
            
             Psal
             .
             5.
             
          
           
             What
             shall
             we
             say
             of
             his
             goodnesse
             ,
             
             through
             which
             he
             loueth
             them
             which
             hate
             him
             ,
             by
             which
             hee
             causeth
             his
             Sunne
             to
             shine
             vpon
             the
             iust
             and
             vniust
             ,
             the
             good
             and
             bad
             :
             by
             which
             hee
             raineth
             down
             his
             goodnesse
             euen
             into
             the
             mouthes
             which
             are
             open
             to
             blaspheme
             him
             ?
             
             Aboue
             all
             ,
             this
             infinite
             goodnes
             shineth
             in
             the
             person
             of
             his
             Son
             :
             This
             Sonne
             so
             begotten
             before
             all
             eternitie
             ,
             that
             he
             yet
             now
             begetteth
             him
             :
             Sonne
             without
             beginning
             of
             time
             ,
             Sonne
             of
             the
             like
             age
             as
             his
             Father
             :
             Essentiall
             Word
             ,
             eternall
             Wisedom
             ,
             God
             euerlastinglie
             blessed
             .
             That
             Sonne
             which
             Esay
             calleth
             
               the
               Father
               of
               Eternitie
            
             ,
             
             would
             make
             himselfe
             the
             Sonne
             of
             man
             ,
             to
             the
             end
             that
             we
             might
             be
             children
             of
             God
             :
             yea
             was
             content
             to
             be
             borne
             in
             a
             stable
             ,
             
             to
             the
             end
             that
             wee
             might
             be
             receiued
             into
             heauen
             ;
             to
             be
             borne
             amongst
             beasts
             ,
             to
             the
             end
             that
             wee
             might
             be
             companions
             with
             Angels
             .
             Hee
             who
             is
             the
             Word
             it selfe
             ,
             was
             content
             to
             stammer
             as
             a
             childe
             ,
             to
             the
             end
             that
             wee
             might
             speake
             vnto
             God
             in
             all
             libertie
             .
             He
             who
             is
             the
             bread
             of
             life
             ,
             was
             content
             to
             be
             an
             hungred
             ,
             to
             the
             end
             we
             might
             be
             satisfied
             .
             He
             who
             is
             the
             fountaine
             of
             life
             ,
             was
             content
             to
             be
             athirst
             ,
             to
             the
             end
             our
             soules
             might
             be
             moistned
             .
             
             Briefly
             ,
             he
             who
             is
             life
             it selfe
             ,
             hath
             suffered
             death
             ,
             that
             hee
             might
             giue
             vs
             life
             .
             All
             this
             for
             vile
             creatures
             ,
             yea
             enemies
             vnto
             God
             ,
             that
             he
             might
             make
             them
             of
             slaues
             vnto
             Sathan
             ,
             his
             owne
             children
             ,
             and
             transport
             them
             from
             hel
             into
             his
             kingdom
             .
             These
             are
             the
             bottomlesse
             pits
             of
             the
             bountie
             &
             goodnesse
             of
             God
             ,
             which
             do
             gently
             swallow
             vp
             our
             soules
             ;
             there
             is
             pleasure
             to
             lose
             ones
             selfe
             therein
             .
             For
             these
             are
             the
             bottomlesse
             depths
             of
             the
             grace
             of
             God
             ,
             which
             
             passe
             our
             vnderstanding
             ,
             but
             doe
             recreate
             our
             hearts
             ;
             which
             giue
             matter
             of
             admiration
             ,
             and
             also
             no
             lesse
             subiect
             of
             consolation
             .
             Here
             are
             the
             highest
             witnesses
             of
             his
             loue
             :
             here
             are
             all
             his
             fatherly
             affections
             layed
             open
             ;
             all
             the
             riches
             of
             that
             grace
             which
             the
             Angels
             themselues
             admire
             ,
             and
             as
             Saint
             Peter
             saith
             ,
             
             
               endeuour
               to
               pry
               profoundly
               into
            
             ;
             louing
             in
             this
             case
             the
             goodnesse
             of
             God
             ,
             not
             for
             their
             owne
             profit
             ,
             but
             in
             respect
             of
             God
             himselfe
             :
             for
             Iesus
             Christ
             is
             not
             
             come
             into
             the
             world
             for
             their
             redemption
             .
          
           
             Now
             to
             what
             end
             all
             this
             ,
             but
             that
             wee
             should
             loue
             him
             who
             hath
             so
             much
             loued
             vs
             ,
             and
             admire
             with
             ioy
             the
             treasures
             of
             his
             grace
             ?
             O
             God
             ,
             as
             thy
             greatnesse
             is
             incomprehensible
             ,
             so
             also
             thy
             bountie
             is
             infinite
             !
             our
             spirits
             are
             stopped
             with
             this
             contemplation
             ;
             our
             words
             are
             beneath
             our
             thoughts
             ,
             and
             our
             thoughts
             yet
             much
             lower
             then
             the
             truth
             .
             We
             speake
             of
             this
             greatnesse
             but
             stammeringly
             ,
             our
             praises
             do
             abase
             
             thee
             ,
             we
             draw
             the
             picture
             of
             the
             Sun
             with
             a
             coale
             .
             But
             ô
             God
             ,
             raise
             vp
             our
             soules
             to
             thee
             :
             and
             if
             our
             spirits
             be
             too
             weake
             to
             know
             thee
             ,
             make
             our
             affections
             ardent
             to
             loue
             thee
             .
             Thou
             who
             wast
             pleased
             to
             be
             our
             Father
             ,
             touch
             our
             hearts
             with
             a
             filiall
             affection
             .
             Thou
             which
             giuest
             vs
             occasion
             to
             loue
             thee
             ,
             giue
             vs
             also
             the
             motions
             thereof
             .
             For
             ,
             as
             much
             as
             we
             are
             poore
             in
             meanes
             ,
             so
             much
             are
             we
             vncapable
             to
             receiue
             them
             ,
             and
             to
             loue
             thee
             after
             hauing
             receiued
             
             them
             ,
             if
             thou
             thy selfe
             doest
             not
             plant
             thy
             loue
             in
             vs.
             
          
           
             All
             these
             considerations
             do
             raise
             vp
             our
             spirits
             to
             loue
             God
             ,
             not
             for
             our selues
             ,
             but
             for
             his
             owne
             sake
             :
             which
             appeareth
             also
             in
             this
             ,
             that
             our
             loue
             to
             God
             cannot
             be
             well
             directed
             ,
             if
             it
             be
             not
             formed
             vpon
             the
             modell
             of
             that
             loue
             wherewith
             God
             hath
             loued
             vs.
             Now
             God
             loueth
             vs
             for
             the
             loue
             of
             himselfe
             ,
             as
             he
             saith
             by
             the
             mouth
             of
             Esay
             :
             
             
               It
               is
               I
               ,
               it
               is
               I
               ,
               that
               blotteth
               out
               thy
               sinnes
               for
               mine
               owne
               
               sake
               .
            
             And
             it
             is
             the
             prayer
             which
             Daniel
             maketh
             in
             his
             ninth
             chapter
             ,
             
               Lord
               heare
               ,
               Lord
               pardon
               ,
               Lord
               tarrie
               not
               ,
               but
               hasten
               for
               thine
               owne
               sake
               ;
               for
               thy
               name
               hath
               bene
               called
               vpon
               this
               citie
               ,
               and
               vpon
               thy
               people
               .
            
             God
             considereth
             that
             we
             beare
             his
             image
             :
             hee
             considereth
             that
             wee
             are
             vnworthy
             of
             his
             grace
             ,
             but
             that
             it
             is
             a
             thing
             worthy
             of
             his
             bountie
             ,
             to
             do
             good
             vnto
             the
             vnworthy
             ,
             and
             which
             is
             more
             ,
             to
             make
             them
             worthy
             by
             doing
             them
             good
             .
             He
             considereth
             that
             his
             Church
             
             is
             like
             vnto
             a
             flock
             which
             carieth
             his
             name
             ,
             
             and
             is
             called
             the
             people
             of
             God
             ;
             and
             therefore
             he
             will
             not
             let
             it
             be
             Sathans
             prey
             ,
             nor
             a
             matter
             of
             triumph
             vnto
             the
             aduersarie
             .
          
        
         
           
             The
             third
             degree
             of
             the
             loue
             of
             God.
             
          
           
             THe
             third
             degree
             or
             step
             ,
             is
             so
             to
             loue
             God
             aboue
             all
             things
             ;
             that
             we
             should
             loue
             nothing
             in
             the
             world
             but
             for
             his
             sake
             .
             For
             example
             ,
             there
             are
             many
             persons
             and
             many
             things
             in
             the
             world
             
             that
             wee
             cannot
             keepe
             our selues
             from
             louing
             ,
             yea
             and
             it
             would
             be
             ill
             done
             not
             to
             loue
             them
             .
             So
             a
             father
             loueth
             his
             children
             ,
             a
             wife
             her
             husband
             ;
             our
             kindred
             ,
             allies
             ,
             neighbours
             and
             friends
             haue
             part
             in
             this
             amitie
             .
             So
             a
             man
             loueth
             his
             health
             ,
             his
             house
             ,
             his
             land
             ,
             his
             studie
             ,
             &c.
             
             To
             go
             about
             to
             dispossesse
             a
             man
             of
             the
             loue
             of
             these
             things
             ,
             would
             be
             an
             inhumane
             doctrine
             ,
             and
             more
             then
             tending
             to
             brutalitie
             .
             
               He
               is
               worse
               then
               an
               infidell
               that
               hath
               not
               care
               of
               his
               familie
               ,
            
             
             saith
             the
             Apostle
             .
             Pietie
             rooteth
             not
             out
             these
             affections
             ,
             but
             doth
             husband
             them
             ,
             and
             of
             mistrisses
             which
             they
             were
             ,
             maketh
             them
             but
             handmaids
             vnto
             the
             loue
             and
             feare
             of
             the
             Lord.
             No
             more
             then
             Iosua
             would
             kill
             the
             Gibeonites
             ,
             but
             subiected
             them
             vnto
             the
             seruice
             of
             Gods
             house
             .
             For
             then
             doth
             a
             father
             loue
             his
             children
             as
             hee
             ought
             ,
             if
             in
             bringing
             them
             vp
             ,
             he
             purpose
             to
             vse
             them
             as
             mē
             do
             yong
             plants
             ,
             which
             shall
             one
             day
             bring
             forth
             fruite
             to
             the
             glorie
             of
             God.
             If
             he
             
             so
             remember
             himself
             to
             be
             their
             father
             ,
             that
             he
             be
             yet
             more
             mindfull
             that
             God
             is
             his
             .
             Then
             a
             man
             loueth
             his
             friends
             as
             he
             ought
             ,
             when
             he
             loueth
             them
             because
             they
             loue
             God
             ,
             and
             because
             hee
             seeth
             the
             image
             of
             God
             shining
             in
             them
             .
             So
             we
             shall
             then
             iustly
             loue
             health
             ,
             when
             wee
             shall
             loue
             it
             ,
             not
             because
             it
             is
             more
             gamesom
             and
             without
             paine
             ,
             but
             because
             it
             bringeth
             vigour
             vnto
             our
             bodies
             ,
             and
             libertie
             vnto
             our
             mindes
             to
             serue
             God
             in
             our
             vocation
             .
             The
             like
             ought
             
             to
             be
             said
             of
             riches
             ,
             of
             honours
             ,
             of
             knowledge
             ,
             things
             which
             one
             may
             honestly
             loue
             ;
             prouided
             that
             their
             loue
             doe
             not
             distract
             vs
             from
             the
             loue
             of
             God
             ,
             but
             may
             rather
             thereto
             aduance
             &
             help
             vs
             to
             performe
             good
             workes
             .
             And
             as
             there
             is
             not
             any
             so
             little
             brooke
             but
             it
             leadeth
             vnto
             the
             sea
             :
             so
             let
             these
             goodnesses
             of
             God
             ,
             seeme
             they
             neuer
             so
             smal
             ,
             leade
             our
             thoughts
             to
             this
             great
             depth
             of
             the
             goodnes
             and
             greatnesse
             of
             God.
             Briefly
             ,
             all
             our
             liues
             and
             affections
             towards
             
             our
             neighbours
             ,
             shal
             be
             well
             squared
             out
             ,
             when
             they
             shal
             be
             branches
             &
             brooks
             of
             Gods
             loue
             ,
             and
             a
             reflection
             of
             our
             sight
             ,
             which
             from
             God
             glanceth
             vpon
             his
             image
             .
             Neuer
             loue
             the
             persons
             for
             that
             which
             is
             about
             them
             ,
             but
             for
             what
             is
             in
             them
             .
             Esteem
             not
             of
             men
             ,
             as
             of
             purses
             for
             the
             money
             which
             is
             therein
             .
             If
             you
             honour
             a
             man
             because
             he
             is
             well
             clothed
             ,
             by
             consequēce
             ought
             we
             to
             salute
             sattin
             in
             whole
             peeces
             .
             If
             you
             account
             of
             a
             man
             for
             his
             honours
             sake
             ,
             you
             tie
             
             his
             dignitie
             to
             his
             titles
             and
             to
             his
             habite
             :
             which
             things
             being
             takē
             away
             ,
             there
             is
             no
             more
             of
             any
             thing
             which
             ought
             to
             be
             loued
             ;
             as
             a
             horse
             which
             carieth
             an
             idoll
             ,
             which
             being
             takē
             away
             ,
             hath
             no
             more
             reuerences
             done
             about
             him
             .
             On
             the
             contrary
             ,
             if
             you
             loue
             a
             man
             because
             he
             feareth
             God
             ,
             because
             he
             is
             firme
             in
             the
             faith
             ,
             forward
             in
             the
             knowledge
             of
             God
             ,
             true
             in
             his
             words
             ,
             iust
             in
             his
             actions
             ,
             charitable
             towards
             the
             afflicted
             ,
             burning
             with
             the
             zeale
             of
             Gods
             
             house
             ,
             you
             shall
             neuer
             want
             occasion
             to
             loue
             him
             .
             Take
             away
             from
             him
             his
             goods
             ,
             his
             honours
             ,
             yea
             his
             cloathes
             ,
             yea
             euen
             his
             bodie
             ;
             all
             these
             ornaments
             will
             remaine
             ,
             and
             that
             excellencie
             which
             consisteth
             in
             the
             image
             of
             God
             ,
             and
             the
             graces
             of
             his
             Spirit
             .
          
           
             I
             am
             not
             ignorant
             ,
             that
             the
             secrets
             of
             mens
             hearts
             are
             very
             deep
             ;
             and
             oftentimes
             the
             friends
             which
             a
             man
             chuseth
             for
             vertuous
             ,
             do
             becom
             vicious
             ,
             or
             else
             shew
             they
             were
             neuer
             otherwise
             
             In
             this
             case
             the
             man
             which
             loueth
             God
             ,
             ought
             to
             reprehend
             his
             friend
             ,
             and
             to
             reforme
             him
             if
             he
             can
             possible
             .
             Flatterie
             hath
             takē
             away
             from
             true
             friendship
             all
             his
             termes
             ,
             except
             the
             libertie
             to
             reprehend
             .
             To
             be
             afraid
             to
             chide
             ones
             friend
             ,
             lest
             wee
             should
             offend
             him
             ,
             is
             a
             respect
             full
             of
             crueltie
             :
             as
             if
             whē
             hee
             were
             readie
             to
             be
             drowned
             ,
             thou
             shouldst
             feare
             to
             catch
             him
             by
             the
             haire
             of
             the
             head
             ,
             lest
             hee
             should
             leese
             a
             haire
             or
             two
             .
             If
             by
             these
             reprehēsions
             thy
             friend
             
             do
             not
             amēd
             ,
             the
             friendship
             of
             a
             man
             must
             then
             giue
             place
             vnto
             Gods
             loue
             .
             We
             must
             do
             like
             Moses
             ,
             who
             made
             vse
             of
             his
             rod
             whilest
             it
             was
             a
             rod
             ,
             but
             fled
             from
             before
             it
             when
             it
             became
             a
             serpent
             .
             And
             yet
             in
             this
             case
             it
             were
             better
             to
             separate
             our selues
             by
             little
             and
             little
             ,
             and
             to
             vnsow
             friendship
             rather
             then
             to
             teare
             it
             asunder
             .
          
           
             Vnto
             all
             these
             difficulties
             the
             loue
             of
             God
             serueth
             as
             a
             rule
             .
             Many
             heathen
             haue
             gathered
             a
             number
             of
             precepts
             of
             friendship
             ,
             but
             haue
             not
             
             discouered
             this
             secret
             ,
             which
             ruleth
             all
             their
             rules
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             to
             learne
             first
             to
             loue
             God
             ,
             and
             to
             cause
             our
             friendships
             to
             be
             deriued
             frō
             his
             loue
             .
             Such
             as
             the
             braine
             is
             vnto
             the
             sinewes
             ,
             the
             liuer
             vnto
             the
             veines
             ,
             and
             the
             heart
             vnto
             the
             arteries
             ,
             that
             very
             same
             is
             the
             loue
             of
             God
             vnto
             humane
             friendships
             ;
             that
             is
             to
             say
             ,
             they
             are
             but
             threds
             and
             branches
             which
             depend
             thereon
             .
             This
             diuine
             loue
             not
             being
             therein
             ,
             friendships
             are
             no
             friendships
             ,
             but
             a
             conspiration
             ;
             an
             accord
             
             or
             agreemēt
             to
             disagree
             with
             God
             :
             friendships
             grounded
             vpon
             pleasure
             or
             vpon
             gaine
             ,
             which
             ceasse
             when
             pleasures
             leese
             their
             taste
             through
             age
             ,
             or
             when
             profite
             diminisheth
             ,
             or
             is
             not
             equally
             distributed
             :
             but
             friendships
             groūded
             vpon
             the
             loue
             of
             God
             ,
             are
             firme
             ,
             because
             they
             are
             grounded
             vpon
             a
             sure
             foundatiō
             .
             Which
             loue
             ought
             so
             far
             to
             aduance
             it selfe
             ,
             that
             for
             the
             loue
             of
             God
             we
             ought
             not
             onely
             to
             loue
             our
             friends
             ,
             but
             euen
             our
             enemies
             ,
             because
             God
             
             willeth
             it
             .
             Matth.
             5.
             
             Because
             that
             amongst
             these
             enmities
             ,
             some
             marks
             of
             Gods
             image
             do
             yet
             appeare
             ;
             because
             they
             are
             as
             it
             were
             rods
             in
             Gods
             hand
             for
             our
             amendment
             ,
             and
             inforcements
             vnto
             his
             feare
             .
          
        
         
           
             The
             fourth
             degree
             of
             the
             loue
             of
             God.
             
          
           
             WE
             are
             not
             yet
             at
             the
             highest
             .
             
             For
             we
             must
             come
             euen
             to
             the
             hating
             of
             our selues
             for
             the
             loue
             of
             God.
             For
             euen
             as
             there
             is
             not
             in
             man
             ,
             any
             loue
             more
             
             strong
             or
             more
             naturall
             then
             the
             loue
             of
             our selues
             :
             so
             is
             it
             that
             same
             which
             most
             resisteth
             the
             loue
             of
             God
             ,
             and
             which
             is
             most
             vneasy
             to
             be
             surmounted
             .
             That
             which
             the
             shirt
             is
             in
             our
             cloathing
             ,
             the
             same
             is
             the
             loue
             of
             our selues
             in
             our
             affections
             ,
             to
             wit
             ,
             that
             which
             is
             last
             put
             off
             .
             There
             we
             are
             to
             fight
             a
             great
             combat
             :
             it
             is
             as
             it
             were
             Sathans
             last
             intrenchment
             ,
             frō
             whence
             he
             is
             vneasily
             driuen
             away
             .
             Yet
             none
             can
             loue
             God
             as
             he
             ought
             ,
             who
             hateth
             not
             his
             owne
             nature
             ;
             
             who
             is
             not
             grieued
             at
             his
             owne
             desires
             ,
             and
             maketh
             not
             mortall
             war
             against
             them
             ,
             being
             desirous
             to
             finish
             this
             combat
             by
             death
             ,
             &
             to
             be
             dissolued
             ,
             that
             he
             might
             be
             with
             God
             :
             readie
             to
             be
             prodigall
             of
             his
             bloud
             ,
             that
             he
             may
             be
             sparing
             of
             Gods
             glorie
             :
             waxing
             wearie
             of
             this
             bodie
             of
             ours
             ,
             as
             of
             a
             mouing
             prison
             or
             portable
             sepulcher
             .
             Like
             vnto
             him
             that
             being
             in
             prison
             ,
             looketh
             through
             the
             grates
             ,
             desiring
             his
             libertie
             :
             so
             looke
             you
             not
             to
             get
             out
             at
             the
             doore
             ,
             you
             shall
             onely
             
             get
             out
             through
             the
             ruines
             thereof
             ,
             by
             the
             destructiō
             of
             this
             body
             :
             as
             whē
             the
             prison
             sinketh
             ,
             &
             the
             prisoner
             escapeth
             at
             some
             breach
             thereof
             .
             Hee
             which
             shall
             haue
             most
             made
             warre
             with
             himselfe
             ,
             shall
             haue
             the
             more
             peace
             with
             God
             :
             he
             which
             shall
             not
             haue
             pardoned
             himself
             ,
             God
             shall
             pardon
             him
             :
             he
             which
             shall
             haue
             despised
             ,
             
             yea
             hated
             his
             owne
             life
             ,
             he
             shall
             saue
             it
             .
          
           
             Here
             is
             the
             fourth
             degree
             or
             step
             of
             loue
             ,
             and
             the
             highest
             that
             man
             can
             reach
             vnto
             in
             this
             
             life
             .
             It
             was
             this
             degree
             of
             loue
             ,
             which
             made
             the
             Apostle
             to
             crie
             out
             :
             
             
               Alas
               miserable
               man
               that
               I
               am
               ,
               who
               shall
               deliuer
               me
               from
               the
               bodie
               of
               this
               death
               ?
            
             It
             was
             this
             degree
             of
             loue
             which
             caused
             Dauid
             ,
             hauing
             a
             scepter
             in
             his
             hand
             ,
             being
             vanquisher
             of
             his
             enemies
             ,
             and
             filled
             with
             earthly
             riches
             and
             honor
             ,
             to
             acknowledge
             himselfe
             but
             a
             stranger
             and
             way
             faring
             man
             vpō
             earth
             .
             
             It
             is
             this
             degree
             of
             loue
             which
             hath
             sustained
             Martyrs
             in
             their
             torments
             ,
             the
             heate
             wherof
             hath
             bene
             hoter
             then
             
             the
             heate
             of
             the
             fire
             :
             can
             you
             think
             that
             they
             had
             their
             muscles
             of
             steele
             ,
             or
             bodies
             vncapable
             of
             torment
             and
             paine
             ?
             it
             is
             not
             so
             .
             But
             as
             the
             heate
             of
             a
             feauer
             drieth
             vp
             outward
             vlcers
             ,
             and
             a
             lesser
             heate
             is
             surmounted
             by
             a
             greater
             :
             so
             the
             interior
             heate
             of
             Gods
             loue
             did
             surmount
             the
             heate
             of
             the
             flame
             ,
             and
             had
             more
             strength
             to
             sustain
             them
             ,
             then
             paine
             had
             power
             to
             preuaile
             against
             them
             .
             Martyrs
             ,
             whose
             vertues
             do
             yet
             vnto
             this
             day
             sustaine
             our
             vices
             ;
             whose
             ashes
             do
             yet
             heate
             our
             
             coldnesse
             ;
             whose
             bloud
             doth
             yet
             crie
             ,
             speaking
             both
             for
             the
             truth
             of
             the
             Gospell
             ,
             and
             against
             our
             slacknesse
             ,
             who
             in
             a
             litle
             time
             are
             so
             farre
             degenerate
             from
             their
             constancy
             .
             Surely
             if
             they
             do
             not
             serue
             vs
             for
             an
             example
             ,
             they
             will
             serue
             vs
             for
             a
             reproach
             and
             condemnation
             .
          
           
             Now
             to
             come
             to
             this
             degree
             of
             loue
             ,
             we
             must
             haue
             a
             long
             and
             hard
             combat
             :
             for
             our
             flesh
             is
             rebellious
             &
             mutinous
             ,
             and
             couetousnes
             so
             rooted
             therein
             ,
             that
             to
             pluck
             it
             vp
             (
             as
             witnesseth
             the
             
             Son
             of
             God
             himselfe
             )
             is
             as
             if
             a
             man
             should
             cut
             off
             a
             hand
             ,
             
             or
             plucke
             out
             an
             eye
             .
             And
             Saint
             Paul
             also
             calleth
             
               our
               desires
               our
               members
            
             .
             
             Notwithstanding
             God
             saith
             ,
             that
             
               he
               will
               make
               an
               end
               of
               his
               worke
               in
               our
               infirmitie
               :
            
             
             he
             
               maketh
               vs
               to
               be
               victorious
               ,
               but
               after
               many
               fals
               .
            
             Oftentimes
             man
             being
             placed
             as
             in
             a
             crosse-way
             ,
             
             betweene
             the
             spirit
             and
             the
             flesh
             ,
             betweene
             the
             loue
             of
             God
             and
             the
             loue
             of
             the
             world
             ,
             hee
             feeleth
             contrarie
             suggestions
             ,
             and
             a
             maruellous
             combat
             .
             How
             many
             
             times
             commeth
             it
             to
             passe
             ,
             that
             after
             the
             loue
             of
             God
             hath
             had
             the
             vpper
             hand
             ,
             and
             that
             the
             faithful
             hath
             resolued
             to
             be
             good
             ,
             by
             and
             by
             his
             desires
             doe
             reassemble
             thēselues
             ,
             &
             giue
             a
             new
             assault
             vnto
             the
             feare
             of
             God
             ?
             The
             faithful
             being
             thus
             assailed
             ,
             either
             with
             some
             appetite
             of
             reuenge
             ,
             of
             rapine
             ,
             or
             lust
             ,
             shall
             feele
             this
             loue
             of
             God
             speaking
             thus
             vnto
             him
             in
             his
             heart
             :
             Miserable
             man
             ,
             whither
             goest
             thou
             ?
             doth
             not
             God
             see
             this
             ?
             despisest
             thou
             his
             threatnings
             ?
             reiectest
             
             thou
             his
             promises
             ?
             forgettest
             thou
             thy
             vocation
             ?
             Wherfore
             wouldest
             thou
             grieue
             the
             Spirit
             of
             God
             ?
             wherefore
             wouldest
             thou
             bring
             a
             scandall
             vpon
             his
             Church
             ?
             Where
             are
             the
             promises
             which
             thou
             hast
             made
             him
             ?
             where
             is
             thy
             mindfulnesse
             of
             his
             benefits
             ?
             Is
             this
             the
             way
             to
             the
             kingdome
             of
             heauen
             ?
             Art
             thou
             assured
             that
             being
             fallen
             ,
             thou
             shalt
             rise
             againe
             ?
             For
             a
             little
             pleasure
             mingled
             with
             bitternesse
             ,
             wilt
             thou
             trouble
             the
             peace
             of
             thy
             conscience
             ?
             For
             a
             little
             
             porttage
             of
             herbes
             ,
             wilt
             thou
             neglect
             thy
             birth-right
             ?
             At
             these
             suggestions
             the
             faithfull
             wil
             stay
             himselfe
             ,
             he
             will
             sigh
             before
             God
             ;
             and
             like
             Sampson
             ,
             he
             will
             breake
             the
             bonds
             of
             his
             desires
             :
             but
             all
             is
             not
             yet
             done
             ,
             nor
             this
             rebellious
             flesh
             is
             not
             yet
             quelled
             .
             For
             after
             these
             holy
             resolutions
             ,
             we
             haue
             for
             certain
             spaces
             ,
             great
             dulnesse
             againe
             .
             Then
             the
             diuell
             espieth
             occasion
             ,
             if
             he
             see
             vs
             in
             bad
             companie
             ,
             if
             he
             see
             vs
             idle
             ,
             if
             we
             haue
             discontinued
             praier
             ,
             reading
             or
             hearing
             of
             
             the
             word
             of
             God
             ,
             then
             our
             desires
             doe
             rouse
             themselues
             vp
             againe
             ;
             then
             the
             contrarie
             suggestions
             of
             the
             flesh
             and
             the
             spirit
             struggle
             together
             for
             masterie
             :
             which
             maketh
             the
             life
             of
             the
             faithful
             oftentimes
             seem
             bitter
             ,
             euen
             to
             the
             desiring
             of
             death
             to
             end
             this
             combat
             .
             O
             miserable
             nature
             ,
             enemie
             to
             it
             owne
             selfe
             !
             ô
             ingrafted
             and
             deepe
             rooted
             corruption
             !
             O
             mutinous
             seditiō
             ,
             which
             woldest
             bring
             vs
             back
             into
             Egypt
             :
             which
             after
             our
             coming
             out
             of
             Sodome
             ,
             makest
             vs
             look
             
             backe
             againe
             ,
             like
             vnto
             Lots
             wife
             ;
             and
             makest
             vs
             loth
             to
             leaue
             the
             euill
             we
             are
             come
             from
             .
             Corruptiō
             which
             troubleth
             our
             best
             actions
             by
             bad
             suggestions
             ,
             and
             besmeareth
             them
             with
             some
             euill
             .
             If
             we
             thinke
             vpon
             death
             ,
             our
             flesh
             suggesteth
             vnto
             vs
             ,
             that
             there
             is
             yet
             time
             inough
             to
             thinke
             thereon
             .
             If
             we
             heare
             or
             reade
             the
             reprehensions
             of
             Gods
             word
             ,
             it
             perswadeth
             vs
             that
             it
             is
             spoken
             vnto
             others
             .
             If
             we
             thinke
             of
             heauen
             ,
             it
             saith
             ,
             we
             shal
             come
             time
             enough
             thither
             .
             If
             thou
             
             thinkest
             to
             giue
             almes
             ,
             it
             will
             softly
             suggest
             in
             thine
             eare
             ,
             What
             know
             I
             that
             I
             shall
             haue
             no
             need
             thereof
             my selfe
             ?
             If
             thou
             wouldest
             reprehend
             thy
             friend
             for
             his
             amendment
             ,
             it
             will
             draw
             thee
             by
             a
             cruel
             respect
             ,
             namely
             ,
             for
             feare
             of
             offending
             him
             .
             Each
             good
             affectiō
             hath
             as
             it
             were
             two
             eares
             like
             a
             pot
             ,
             by
             which
             the
             flesh
             and
             the
             world
             take
             hold
             to
             hinder
             the
             execution
             thereof
             .
          
           
             Here
             then
             wee
             must
             carefully
             haue
             recourse
             to
             Gods
             assistance
             ,
             and
             imitate
             Rebecca
             ,
             who
             
             had
             recourse
             vnto
             prayer
             when
             two
             children
             stroue
             in
             her
             wombe
             :
             a
             most
             expresse
             figure
             of
             these
             two
             men
             which
             are
             in
             euery
             faithful
             person
             ;
             the
             one
             which
             is
             the
             old
             ,
             the
             other
             which
             is
             the
             new
             man
             ;
             the
             one
             our
             corrupted
             nature
             ,
             the
             other
             the
             regenerate
             spirit
             ,
             which
             do
             couet
             one
             against
             another
             ,
             as
             saith
             the
             Apostle
             
               S.
               Paul.
            
             
             Wherfore
             also
             God
             answered
             
               Rebecca
               ,
               The
               elder
               shall
               serue
               the
               younger
               .
            
             For
             the
             old
             man
             must
             be
             subiected
             vnto
             the
             new
             ,
             vntill
             he
             be
             fully
             
             ranked
             in
             due
             obedience
             vnto
             God.
             
          
        
         
           
             The
             fift
             degree
             of
             the
             loue
             of
             God.
             
          
           
             THere
             remayneth
             now
             the
             last
             and
             chiefest
             degree
             or
             step
             ,
             
             which
             is
             the
             loue
             wherwith
             we
             shall
             loue
             God
             in
             the
             glorie
             celestiall
             .
             For
             we
             loue
             things
             according
             as
             wee
             know
             them
             .
             We
             shall
             therfore
             loue
             God
             much
             more
             then
             ,
             because
             wee
             shall
             much
             better
             know
             him
             .
             Now
             (
             saith
             the
             Apostle
             )
             
               we
               know
               in
               part
            
             ,
             
             
               now
               we
               
               see
               as
               in
               a
               glasse
               obscurely
               ;
               but
               then
               we
               shall
               see
               face
               to
               face
               .
            
             Our
             loue
             which
             seeth
             from
             a
             farre
             off
             ,
             and
             which
             is
             distracted
             by
             diuers
             obiects
             ,
             shall
             then
             see
             neare
             at
             hand
             ,
             and
             shall
             wholy
             be
             fixed
             vpon
             God.
             And
             as
             whē
             two
             great
             high
             swelling
             riuers
             come
             to
             encounter
             one
             another
             ,
             they
             make
             a
             maruellous
             inundation
             :
             so
             the
             loue
             of
             our selues
             and
             the
             loue
             of
             God
             ,
             are
             like
             two
             streames
             which
             neuer
             ioyne
             themselues
             together
             on
             earth
             ,
             but
             shall
             meete
             in
             heauen
             .
             What
             
             then
             shall
             the
             vehemencie
             be
             of
             both
             these
             affections
             ,
             when
             they
             shal
             be
             mingled
             both
             together
             ,
             and
             ioyned
             in
             one
             loue
             ?
             
               For
               then
               in
               louing
               God
               ,
               we
               shall
               loue
               our selues
               ,
               because
               God
               shall
               dwell
               in
               vs
               ,
               and
               because
               that
            
             (
             saith
             the
             Apostle
             
               S.
               Iohn
               )
               we
               shall
               be
               like
               vnto
               him
               .
            
             
             Nor
             are
             we
             not
             to
             doubt
             ,
             but
             that
             the
             Angels
             and
             Saints
             do
             loue
             themselues
             ardently
             ,
             but
             with
             a
             loue
             which
             distilleth
             from
             the
             loue
             of
             God.
             O
             happie
             and
             admirable
             loue
             of
             ones
             selfe
             ,
             which
             is
             
             mingled
             with
             the
             loue
             of
             God!
             Let
             vs
             forbeare
             to
             loue
             our selues
             vntill
             that
             time
             ,
             and
             let
             vs
             loue
             nothing
             in
             our selues
             but
             what
             doth
             prepare
             vs
             and
             entertain
             vs
             with
             the
             hope
             of
             this
             loue
             .
          
           
             But
             because
             this
             loue
             ,
             with
             which
             we
             shal
             loue
             God
             in
             Paradice
             ,
             doth
             grow
             from
             the
             view
             &
             contemplation
             of
             his
             face
             ,
             (
             for
             loue
             is
             kindled
             by
             the
             sight
             )
             let
             vs
             learne
             what
             sight
             this
             shall
             be
             ,
             that
             shall
             cause
             this
             our
             loue
             .
             Our
             bodily
             eies
             see
             things
             by
             two
             meanes
             ,
             either
             by
             receiuing
             
             their
             images
             ;
             for
             so
             we
             see
             the
             bodies
             exposed
             to
             our
             view
             ;
             or
             by
             receiuing
             into
             our
             eyes
             the
             thing
             it selfe
             which
             wee
             see
             :
             so
             wee
             see
             the
             light
             ,
             which
             wee
             see
             in
             such
             sort
             as
             that
             it
             entereth
             euen
             into
             our
             eyes
             .
             Now
             God
             who
             is
             the
             chiefest
             of
             lights
             ,
             will
             make
             our
             soules
             to
             see
             him
             in
             heauen
             in
             this
             latter
             fashion
             .
             
               For
               he
               dwelleth
               in
               his
               Saints
               ,
               and
               is
               in
               them
               all
               in
               all
               .
            
             But
             in
             this
             life
             he
             causeth
             himselfe
             to
             be
             seene
             by
             images
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             by
             the
             contemplation
             of
             his
             works
             ,
             
             in
             which
             hee
             hath
             imprinted
             a
             picture
             (
             as
             it
             were
             )
             of
             himselfe
             ,
             and
             the
             expresse
             markes
             of
             his
             vertue
             .
             Therfore
             we
             shal
             then
             see
             our
             God
             in
             such
             sort
             as
             we
             now
             see
             the
             light
             :
             but
             that
             now
             we
             see
             it
             not
             but
             by
             the
             windowes
             of
             the
             bodie
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             by
             the
             eyes
             :
             for
             then
             wee
             shall
             receiue
             throughout
             all
             our
             parts
             the
             light
             of
             God
             ,
             which
             shall
             enlighten
             vs
             on
             all
             sides
             with
             the
             beames
             of
             his
             holinesse
             .
             Euen
             as
             if
             a
             man
             were
             all
             eye
             throughout
             ,
             and
             should
             receiue
             light
             in
             himselfe
             
             on
             all
             sides
             .
          
           
             This
             same
             sight
             of
             God
             ,
             will
             make
             vs
             like
             vnto
             God
             ,
             as
             Saint
             Iohn
             saith
             ,
             
             
               We
               shall
               be
               like
               vnto
               him
               ,
               for
               we
               shall
               see
               him
               as
               he
               is
               .
            
             For
             as
             a
             looking-glasse
             cannot
             be
             exposed
             to
             the
             Sunne
             but
             it
             will
             shine
             like
             the
             same
             :
             so
             God
             receiueth
             none
             to
             contemplate
             his
             face
             ,
             but
             hee
             transformeth
             them
             into
             his
             owne
             likenesse
             by
             the
             irradiation
             of
             his
             light
             and
             perfection
             .
             
             And
             as
             God
             is
             charitie
             and
             loue
             it selfe
             ,
             
             as
             the
             same
             Apostle
             teacheth
             ;
             it
             is
             necessary
             that
             
             the
             creature
             being
             by
             this
             view
             made
             like
             vnto
             God
             ,
             should
             also
             be
             seized
             with
             this
             loue
             ,
             and
             enflamed
             with
             this
             spirituall
             fire
             .
             A
             fire
             which
             hath
             giuen
             name
             vnto
             the
             Seraphins
             ,
             so
             called
             because
             of
             their
             ardour
             ,
             which
             is
             nothing
             else
             but
             the
             loue
             of
             God
             ,
             the
             feruour
             of
             their
             zeale
             ,
             and
             their
             readines
             to
             do
             him
             seruice
             .
          
           
             Here
             necessarily
             must
             end
             these
             degrees
             or
             steps
             of
             loue
             ,
             and
             our
             meditation
             can
             mount
             no
             higher
             :
             it
             is
             the
             last
             steppe
             of
             Iacobs
             ladder
             ,
             
             by
             which
             we
             mount
             vp
             vnto
             God.
             
          
        
      
       
         
           CHAP.
           III.
           Of
           the
           markes
           and
           effects
           of
           the
           loue
           of
           God.
           
        
         
           WE
           all
           make
           profession
           to
           loue
           God
           ,
           but
           few
           loue
           him
           seriously
           .
           By
           this
           professiō
           we
           deceiue
           men
           ,
           yea
           we
           deceiue
           our selues
           ,
           but
           cānot
           deceiue
           God.
           Wherefore
           it
           is
           necessarie
           to
           bring
           hither
           the
           touchstone
           ,
           to
           discerne
           the
           true
           and
           pure
           loue
           of
           God
           from
           the
           false
           ,
           
           and
           of
           base
           allay
           .
        
         
           As
           there
           are
           fiue
           degrees
           of
           true
           loue
           ,
           so
           are
           there
           also
           fiue
           markes
           to
           discerne
           it
           .
        
         
           1
           The
           first
           mark
           of
           the
           true
           loue
           of
           God
           ,
           is
           ,
           
             that
             it
             quencheth
             all
             vnchast
             loues
             .
          
        
         
           2
           The
           second
           mark
           and
           effect
           of
           this
           loue
           ,
           is
           ,
           
             that
             it
             bringeth
             peace
             and
             tranquillitie
             to
             the
             mind
             .
          
        
         
           3
           
             The
             third
             is
          
           ,
           charitie
           towards
           our
           neighbours
           .
        
         
           4
           
             The
             fourth
             is
          
           ,
           the
           pleasure
           to
           communicate
           often
           with
           God.
           
        
         
           5
           
             The
             fift
             is
          
           ,
           the
           Zeale
           
           of
           the
           glorie
           of
           God
           ,
           which
           reioyceth
           or
           sorroweth
           according
           as
           God
           is
           honored
           or
           dishonored
           .
        
         
           Whosoeuer
           feeleth
           in
           himselfe
           these
           effects
           ,
           may
           assure
           himselfe
           that
           hee
           loueth
           God
           with
           a
           true
           affection
           ,
           yea
           although
           that
           some
           coldnesse
           chance
           amongst
           this
           holy
           ardour
           ,
           and
           that
           the
           loue
           of
           himselfe
           be
           mingled
           withall
           ;
           yet
           this
           loue
           for
           being
           weak
           ,
           shall
           not
           let
           to
           be
           true
           ,
           prouided
           ,
           it
           do
           dayly
           go
           on
           tending
           vnto
           perfection
           .
           Let
           vs
           runne
           ouer
           againe
           each
           one
           of
           these
           
           markes
           ,
           that
           wee
           may
           know
           them
           more
           perfectly
           .
        
         
           
             The
             first
             marke
             of
             Gods
             Loue.
             
          
           
             THere
             are
             three
             sorts
             of
             loue
             :
             
             the
             one
             whereof
             ,
             is
             euer
             good
             :
             the
             other
             is
             euer
             bad
             :
             the
             third
             ,
             good
             of
             his
             owne
             nature
             ,
             but
             accidentally
             bad
             because
             of
             our
             bad
             disposition
             .
             That
             which
             is
             alwayes
             good
             ,
             is
             the
             loue
             of
             God
             ,
             in
             which
             it
             is
             impossible
             to
             sinne
             through
             excesse
             :
             and
             in
             this
             point
             it
             is
             good
             to
             
             let
             slip
             the
             reines
             of
             our
             desires
             .
             The
             measure
             of
             louing
             God
             ,
             is
             to
             loue
             him
             without
             measure
             .
             The
             loue
             which
             is
             alwayes
             bad
             ,
             is
             the
             loue
             of
             murder
             ,
             of
             theft
             ,
             and
             of
             vnchaste
             pleasures
             ,
             &c.
             
             The
             loue
             which
             being
             good
             of
             it
             owne
             nature
             ,
             becometh
             euill
             by
             accident
             ,
             is
             the
             loue
             of
             meate
             ,
             of
             drinke
             ,
             of
             ease
             ,
             or
             recreation
             ;
             appetites
             which
             are
             naturally
             good
             and
             necessarie
             ,
             but
             which
             we
             make
             to
             be
             bad
             by
             excesse
             and
             intemperance
             .
          
           
             The
             loue
             of
             God
             doth
             
             diuersly
             behaue
             it selfe
             towards
             the
             other
             two
             sorts
             of
             loue
             .
             For
             it
             ranketh
             the
             latter
             within
             the
             limits
             of
             mediocritie
             ,
             &
             teacheth
             vs
             to
             satisfy
             our
             necessitie
             ,
             and
             not
             our
             curiositie
             .
             It
             reiecteth
             all
             farre-fetched
             delicates
             ,
             being
             the
             distaste
             of
             a
             proud
             stomacke
             ,
             which
             awakeneth
             it selfe
             with
             artificiall
             meanes
             :
             teaching
             vs
             to
             nourish
             this
             bodie
             ,
             so
             that
             it
             may
             not
             be
             a
             hinderance
             to
             the
             soule
             :
             to
             watch
             and
             be
             sober
             lest
             we
             enter
             into
             temptation
             .
             As
             for
             the
             second
             loue
             ,
             it
             can
             in
             no
             
             wise
             remaine
             with
             the
             loue
             of
             God
             :
             but
             the
             feare
             of
             God
             doth
             wholy
             cut
             it
             off
             ,
             because
             that
             in
             a
             thing
             entirely
             bad
             ,
             we
             are
             not
             to
             seeke
             for
             any
             mediocritie
             .
             None
             can
             be
             a
             fornicator
             ,
             an
             adulterer
             ,
             or
             a
             murderer
             by
             measure
             ;
             for
             the
             least
             inclination
             vnto
             these
             things
             is
             sinne
             against
             God.
             
          
           
             But
             aboue
             all
             ,
             the
             strength
             of
             Gods
             loue
             is
             shewne
             in
             rooting
             out
             of
             our
             hearts
             vnchaste
             loue
             ,
             which
             kindleth
             in
             the
             mindes
             of
             worldly
             men
             a
             firebrand
             of
             filthy
             
             desires
             ,
             which
             defile
             our
             soules
             with
             a
             thousand
             beastly
             thoughts
             ,
             and
             importunate
             ;
             which
             of
             our
             bodies
             dedicated
             to
             be
             temples
             of
             God
             ,
             make
             an
             infectious
             brothell
             ,
             and
             (
             as
             saith
             Saint
             Paul
             )
             of
             the
             members
             of
             Christ
             do
             make
             them
             the
             members
             of
             a
             harlot
             .
             Pleasures
             which
             weaken
             the
             bodie
             ,
             coole
             the
             spirit
             ,
             and
             abate
             courage
             ,
             which
             after
             the
             strength
             is
             consumed
             ,
             leaue
             yet
             a
             desire
             .
             Infamous
             pleasures
             ,
             which
             place
             men
             beneath
             beasts
             ;
             of
             which
             ,
             man
             in
             this
             point
             
             ought
             to
             learne
             the
             laws
             of
             continencie
             and
             sobrietie
             .
             Traiterous
             pleasures
             ,
             which
             embrace
             men
             to
             strangle
             them
             :
             dally
             with
             him
             on
             the
             lap
             of
             delight
             ,
             as
             Dalilah
             played
             with
             Sampson
             ,
             that
             they
             may
             deliuer
             him
             ,
             not
             to
             the
             Philistians
             ,
             but
             vnto
             the
             diuell
             ;
             who
             hauing
             poaked
             out
             the
             sinners
             eyes
             ,
             oftentimes
             leade
             him
             this
             way
             vnto
             the
             temple
             of
             the
             Idoll
             .
             Yet
             as
             if
             this
             were
             not
             enough
             ,
             man
             hath
             chosen
             out
             a
             painefull
             way
             vnto
             his
             pleasures
             ;
             they
             are
             not
             esteemed
             
             if
             not
             troublesome
             .
             The
             stollen
             waters
             are
             sweetest
             ,
             saith
             Salomon
             ;
             and
             the
             malice
             of
             man
             supposeth
             all
             other
             entries
             better
             then
             the
             legitimate
             .
          
           
             The
             loue
             of
             God
             entring
             into
             the
             spirit
             of
             any
             one
             for
             to
             purge
             it
             ,
             doth
             presently
             void
             out
             this
             filth
             ,
             and
             smothereth
             vp
             this
             loue
             by
             his
             greater
             force
             :
             which
             teacheth
             vs
             to
             loue
             in
             our
             neighbors
             ,
             not
             their
             bodily
             beautie
             ,
             but
             their
             soules
             ornaments
             .
             This
             holy
             loue
             hauing
             for
             his
             obiect
             the
             chiefe
             of
             spirits
             ,
             
             
             loueth
             consequently
             in
             men
             their
             spirituall
             beautie
             ,
             a
             beautie
             which
             cōsisteth
             in
             the
             image
             of
             God
             :
             an
             image
             ,
             whose
             principall
             lineaments
             are
             iustice
             and
             holinesse
             .
             A
             beautie
             which
             is
             not
             superficial
             as
             that
             of
             the
             bodie
             ,
             which
             hideth
             within
             it selfe
             bloud
             ,
             brain
             ,
             and
             things
             which
             one
             may
             not
             behold
             without
             horror
             ;
             but
             it
             is
             a
             beautie
             which
             extendeth
             it self
             vnto
             the
             bottome
             ,
             as
             the
             beautie
             of
             a
             diamond
             ,
             or
             of
             the
             light
             it selfe
             .
             The
             beautie
             of
             the
             body
             ,
             is
             but
             a
             flower
             
             which
             is
             withered
             with
             age
             ;
             but
             the
             beautie
             of
             the
             soule
             is
             not
             subiect
             vnto
             time
             ;
             and
             which
             is
             more
             ,
             the
             wrinkles
             which
             it
             hath
             ,
             are
             done
             out
             with
             time
             .
             Many
             women
             might
             haue
             bin
             more
             happie
             if
             they
             had
             bene
             lesse
             beautifull
             ;
             for
             their
             beautie
             hath
             plentifully
             afflicted
             them
             :
             but
             spirituall
             beautie
             is
             alwayes
             accompanied
             with
             Gods
             blessing
             .
             Besides
             ,
             consider
             attentiuely
             the
             fairest
             visage
             of
             the
             world
             ,
             and
             you
             will
             becom
             neuer
             a
             whit
             the
             more
             faire
             your self
             ,
             
             but
             shall
             rather
             seem
             the
             fouler
             being
             neare
             it
             .
             But
             carefully
             to
             contemplate
             a
             soule
             which
             God
             hath
             embellished
             with
             vertue
             ,
             will
             make
             you
             become
             vertuous
             ,
             and
             will
             forme
             you
             according
             to
             his
             example
             .
             Carnall
             eyes
             perceiue
             not
             this
             beautie
             ,
             and
             pleasure
             knoweth
             not
             what
             it
             is
             .
             For
             ,
             as
             a
             horse
             louing
             a
             mare
             ,
             thinketh
             that
             in
             the
             world
             there
             is
             no
             other
             beautie
             :
             so
             the
             carnall
             and
             sensuall
             man
             thinketh
             there
             is
             no
             other
             beautie
             but
             that
             which
             through
             the
             
             sight
             toucheth
             his
             desires
             .
             But
             the
             view
             of
             the
             faithfull
             pierceth
             further
             ,
             and
             oftentimes
             cleane
             through
             a
             corporall
             beáutie
             ,
             seeth
             the
             vetie
             image
             of
             the
             diuell
             .
             Cōtrariwise
             ,
             the
             inward
             beauty
             is
             oftentimes
             vnder
             an
             exteriour
             foulenesse
             ,
             as
             that
             of
             a
             slubbered
             diamond
             .
             As
             that
             of
             Iesus
             Christ
             during
             his
             opprobrious
             handling
             ;
             whereof
             Esay
             in
             the
             53.
             chap.
             saith
             ,
             that
             there
             was
             not
             in
             him
             either
             forme
             or
             beautie
             :
             and
             yet
             in
             the
             45.
             
             Psalme
             ,
             he
             is
             called
             the
             most
             faire
             
             amongst
             the
             sonnes
             of
             men
             .
             As
             the
             beautie
             of
             the
             Church
             ,
             whereof
             it
             is
             said
             in
             the
             first
             of
             Canticles
             ,
             that
             she
             is
             browne
             ,
             and
             yet
             faire
             ;
             being
             blacke
             without
             ,
             and
             burnt
             with
             afflictions
             ,
             which
             notwithstanding
             blot
             not
             out
             her
             inward
             beautie
             .
          
           
             Therfore
             that
             women
             curious
             of
             their
             beautie
             ,
             may
             rather
             studie
             to
             adorne
             themselues
             inwardly
             ,
             as
             it
             is
             said
             in
             the
             45.
             
             Psalm
             ,
             
               The
               Kings
               daughter
               is
               full
               of
               glorie
               within
               :
            
             Let
             them
             take
             heed
             lest
             in
             decking
             artificially
             
             their
             bodies
             ,
             they
             become
             a
             snare
             of
             desires
             ,
             an
             instrument
             in
             the
             diuels
             hand
             .
             A
             souldier
             hauing
             a
             sword
             that
             hath
             surely
             serued
             him
             in
             many
             combats
             ,
             will
             be
             careful
             to
             scowre
             and
             polish
             it
             :
             and
             doe
             wee
             maruell
             if
             the
             woman
             hauing
             serued
             Sathan
             to
             ouerthrow
             Adam
             ,
             be
             carefully
             decked
             &
             embellished
             by
             him
             ;
             and
             that
             women
             are
             so
             curious
             in
             ornaments
             ,
             by
             the
             suggestion
             of
             the
             diuell
             ?
          
           
             But
             we
             whom
             God
             hath
             honored
             with
             his
             
             knowledge
             ,
             to
             the
             end
             we
             might
             be
             inflamed
             with
             this
             loue
             ,
             let
             vs
             shut
             our
             eyes
             to
             these
             allurements
             ,
             possessing
             (
             as
             saith
             Saint
             Paul
             )
             our
             vessels
             in
             holinesse
             :
             abstain
             your selues
             not
             onely
             from
             euill
             ,
             but
             also
             from
             all
             appearance
             and
             occasions
             of
             euill
             .
             Eschue
             idlenesse
             ,
             for
             it
             is
             the
             pillow
             of
             vices
             .
             Let
             Satan
             ,
             coming
             to
             assaile
             you
             ,
             find
             you
             euer
             occupied
             .
             Flie
             bad
             companie
             ,
             filthy
             talke
             ,
             books
             of
             loue
             ;
             for
             they
             are
             fire-brands
             of
             lust
             ,
             the
             hookes
             and
             baits
             of
             the
             diuel
             .
             None
             
             cometh
             to
             do
             euill
             but
             by
             these
             accessaries
             ,
             yea
             the
             euill
             is
             alreadie
             in
             these
             accessaries
             .
             Many
             will
             say
             ,
             that
             they
             are
             chast
             of
             bodie
             ,
             but
             their
             eyes
             ,
             their
             eares
             ,
             and
             their
             thoughts
             are
             culpable
             of
             lust
             .
             Yet
             Christ
             saith
             ,
             that
             he
             who
             looketh
             on
             his
             neighbours
             wife
             to
             lust
             after
             her
             ,
             hath
             already
             committed
             adultery
             .
             The
             best
             companie
             and
             the
             best
             busines
             to
             diuert
             our
             minds
             from
             this
             euill
             ,
             is
             the
             carefull
             reading
             of
             the
             word
             of
             God
             ioyned
             vnto
             prayer
             .
             Saint
             Augustine
             
             in
             the
             eight
             book
             of
             his
             Confessions
             ,
             cap.
             8.
             
             &
             12.
             saith
             ,
             that
             when
             he
             was
             vpon
             termes
             of
             rendering
             himselfe
             a
             Christian
             ,
             that
             which
             most
             troubled
             him
             ,
             was
             ,
             that
             hee
             must
             leaue
             his
             fornication
             ;
             and
             that
             in
             this
             combatfull
             anguish
             ,
             hee
             withdrew
             himselfe
             into
             a
             garden
             ,
             where
             twice
             he
             heard
             the
             voice
             of
             a
             child
             ,
             as
             it
             were
             ,
             coming
             from
             the
             houses
             hard
             by
             ,
             saying
             ,
             
               Take
               and
               reade
            
             .
             At
             this
             voice
             he
             tooke
             the
             booke
             of
             the
             Epistles
             of
             
               S.
               Paul
            
             ,
             and
             chanced
             at
             the
             first
             
             opening
             of
             the
             booke
             ,
             on
             this
             text
             of
             the
             13.
             chapter
             to
             the
             Romains
             ,
             where
             he
             saith
             :
             
               Let
               vs
               walke
               honestlie
               as
               in
               the
               day
               time
               ,
               not
               in
               riot
               and
               drunkēnesse
               ,
               not
               in
               chambering
               and
               wantonnesse
               ,
               neither
               in
               strife
               or
               enuie
               ;
               but
               put
               you
               on
               the
               Lord
               Iesus
               Christ
               ,
               and
               haue
               no
               care
               of
               the
               flesh
               to
               fulfil
               the
               lusts
               thereof
               .
            
             There
             was
             enough
             for
             him
             :
             and
             thereupon
             ,
             were
             it
             that
             this
             voice
             came
             from
             God
             ,
             or
             that
             it
             chanced
             by
             other
             meanes
             ,
             he
             resolued
             to
             follow
             the
             counsell
             of
             the
             Apostle
             ,
             
             who
             without
             looking
             for
             any
             reuelation
             therupon
             ,
             doth
             sufficiently
             manifest
             vnto
             vs
             the
             wil
             of
             God
             touching
             the
             laying
             off
             of
             these
             desires
             .
          
        
         
           
             The
             second
             marke
             of
             the
             loue
             of
             God.
             
          
           
             THis
             same
             loue
             bringeth
             forth
             another
             effect
             ,
             
             by
             which
             it
             is
             to
             be
             knowne
             ,
             to
             wit
             ,
             the
             peace
             and
             tranquillitie
             of
             the
             soule
             :
             it
             chaseth
             away
             feares
             ,
             asswageth
             cares
             ,
             sweetneth
             afflictions
             .
             For
             what
             euill
             soeuer
             
             happeneth
             him
             who
             loueth
             God
             ,
             he
             wil
             euer
             remember
             the
             sentence
             of
             the
             Apostle
             ,
             Rom.
             8.
             
             
               That
               all
               things
               turne
               to
               the
               best
               for
               them
               which
               loue
               God.
            
             Euen
             their
             crosses
             becom
             blessings
             ;
             their
             bodily
             pouerty
             is
             a
             spiritual
             diet
             vnto
             them
             ;
             their
             banishments
             teach
             them
             to
             leaue
             the
             world
             :
             their
             sequestring
             from
             honors
             is
             their
             approch
             vnto
             God
             :
             their
             enemies
             are
             their
             Physitions
             ,
             causing
             them
             to
             be
             warie
             ,
             and
             to
             liue
             in
             Gods
             feare
             .
             Their
             corporall
             diseases
             are
             spirituall
             
             cares
             :
             death
             is
             an
             entrie
             into
             life
             ,
             and
             a
             bringing
             forth
             ,
             by
             which
             the
             soule
             is
             deliuered
             of
             the
             bodie
             ,
             as
             of
             her
             last
             after-birth
             ;
             and
             cometh
             forth
             of
             a
             darke
             den
             ,
             to
             enter
             into
             Gods
             light
             .
             The
             passage
             through
             afflictions
             ,
             resembleth
             the
             passage
             of
             the
             red
             sea
             ;
             for
             the
             wicked
             are
             ouerwhelmed
             therein
             ,
             they
             are
             vnto
             them
             forerunners
             of
             damnation
             ;
             but
             the
             faithfull
             and
             Gods
             people
             finde
             that
             way
             a
             passage
             vnto
             the
             land
             of
             promise
             .
          
           
             This
             verie
             same
             loue
             
             of
             God
             ,
             will
             suggest
             vnto
             the
             faithfull
             this
             thought
             :
             Seeing
             that
             I
             loue
             God
             ,
             it
             is
             certaine
             that
             he
             loueth
             me
             .
             For
             Saint
             Iohn
             saith
             ,
             
             that
             
               we
               loue
               him
               because
               he
               loued
               vs
               first
               .
            
             For
             I
             had
             not
             naturally
             in
             me
             any
             inclination
             to
             loue
             him
             ;
             but
             it
             was
             hee
             who
             louing
             me
             ,
             framed
             my
             heart
             to
             loue
             him
             .
             Now
             if
             God
             loue
             mee
             ,
             he
             intendeth
             my
             good
             ;
             and
             he
             can
             do
             all
             that
             he
             will
             ,
             nothing
             hapneth
             but
             according
             to
             his
             will.
             He
             will
             not
             then
             permit
             that
             any
             euill
             happen
             me
             ;
             he
             will
             
             turne
             my
             euils
             vnto
             good
             for
             my
             saluation
             :
             he
             will
             leade
             me
             thereunto
             ,
             through
             a
             way
             thornie
             vnto
             flesh
             ,
             but
             healthfull
             to
             my
             soule
             .
             Briefly
             ,
             the
             loue
             of
             God
             excludeth
             feares
             ,
             and
             is
             the
             prop
             of
             our
             assurance
             ,
             as
             saith
             the
             Apostle
             Saint
             Iohn
             :
             
             
               There
               is
               no
               feare
               in
               charitie
               ,
               but
               perfect
               charitie
               driueth
               forth
               feare
               .
            
             This
             same
             loue
             sweetneth
             afflictions
             ,
             and
             maketh
             our
             Lords
             yoake
             easie
             and
             tollerable
             .
             For
             you
             shall
             see
             by
             experience
             ,
             that
             in
             a
             house
             where
             loue
             
             is
             great
             betweene
             the
             husband
             and
             the
             wife
             ,
             they
             passe
             the
             bad
             time
             ouer
             with
             content
             ,
             and
             haue
             mutuall
             consolatiō
             one
             of
             another
             :
             yea
             ,
             to
             haue
             a
             faithfull
             friend
             ,
             into
             whose
             bosome
             you
             may
             shed
             your
             teares
             ,
             and
             powre
             forth
             your
             complaints
             ,
             doth
             bring
             a
             man
             much
             ease
             ,
             although
             it
             bring
             no
             remedy
             .
             How
             much
             more
             shall
             the
             faithfull
             soule
             find
             &
             feele
             in
             the
             loue
             of
             his
             God
             ?
             of
             God
             ,
             who
             not
             onely
             knoweth
             our
             euils
             ,
             counteth
             our
             sighes
             ,
             layeth
             vp
             our
             
             teares
             in
             his
             vessels
             ;
             but
             who
             can
             and
             will
             remedie
             them
             :
             and
             not
             onely
             remedie
             them
             ,
             but
             turne
             them
             to
             good
             ;
             giuing
             vs
             in
             our
             afflictions
             ,
             not
             onely
             occasion
             to
             suffer
             ,
             but
             euen
             matter
             of
             reioycing
             .
             So
             the
             faithfull
             speake
             in
             the
             46.
             
             Psalm
             :
             
               Let
               the
               waters
               of
               the
               sea
               make
               a
               noise
               ,
               and
               let
               the
               mountaines
               shake
               by
               the
               rising
               of
               his
               waues
               :
               in
               the
               meane
               time
               the
               brookes
               of
               the
               riuer
               shall
               reioyce
               the
               city
               of
               God.
            
             These
             troblesome
             waters
             are
             the
             people
             banded
             against
             God
             ,
             as
             is
             expounded
             in
             the
             
             Apocalypse
             ,
             chapter
             17.
             
             These
             brookes
             which
             in
             the
             meane
             time
             do
             reioyce
             the
             holy
             citie
             ,
             are
             the
             instructiōs
             of
             Gods
             word
             ,
             whose
             voice
             is
             our
             consolation
             .
             For
             in
             his
             afflictions
             the
             faithfull
             will
             turne
             aside
             his
             eyes
             from
             his
             enemies
             ,
             and
             from
             all
             second
             causes
             ,
             and
             will
             say
             :
             Lord
             ,
             it
             is
             thou
             that
             hast
             done
             it
             ;
             I
             receiue
             this
             affliction
             at
             thy
             hand
             ;
             make
             this
             proue
             healthfull
             vnto
             me
             ,
             and
             permit
             not
             that
             I
             euer
             come
             to
             murmur
             against
             thee
             ,
             or
             to
             kicke
             against
             the
             pricke
             .
             We
             
             swallow
             with
             the
             better
             resolution
             a
             bitter
             potion
             ,
             when
             it
             is
             presented
             vs
             by
             a
             friendly
             hand
             ,
             whose
             ignorance
             or
             falshood
             we
             feare
             not
             .
             We
             finde
             all
             these
             things
             in
             God
             ,
             who
             moreouer
             maketh
             venomes
             themselues
             to
             prooue
             good
             medicines
             .
          
           
             So
             the
             loue
             of
             God
             is
             a
             retraite
             and
             shelter
             against
             all
             anguish
             :
             it
             is
             the
             groūd
             of
             true
             peace
             :
             it
             is
             the
             prop
             of
             our
             assurance
             ,
             which
             causeth
             vs
             to
             despise
             the
             threatnings
             of
             men
             ;
             to
             looke
             on
             the
             enterprises
             of
             
             great
             men
             ,
             and
             the
             risings
             of
             people
             with
             disdaine
             ;
             which
             causeth
             vs
             to
             find
             ease
             on
             the
             rack
             ,
             and
             to
             looke
             on
             deaths
             face
             with
             assurance
             ,
             and
             take
             off
             his
             maske
             to
             see
             Iesus
             Christ
             ,
             which
             cometh
             vnto
             vs
             vnder
             that
             shew
             :
             which
             maketh
             the
             faithful
             to
             stand
             vpright
             in
             the
             middest
             of
             the
             ruines
             of
             his
             country
             .
             This
             holy
             loue
             made
             
               S.
               Paul
            
             to
             say
             ,
             Rom.
             8.
             
             
               If
               God
               be
               with
               vs
               ,
               who
               shall
               be
               against
               vs
               ?
               He
               which
               hath
               not
               spared
               his
               owne
               Sonne
               ,
               but
               deliuered
               him
               ouer
               for
               vs
               ,
               how
               shall
               not
               he
               giue
               
               vs
               all
               things
               with
               him
               ?
            
             Let
             vs
             likewise
             say
             ,
             He
             that
             laieth
             vp
             our
             teares
             ,
             wil
             not
             he
             gather
             vp
             our
             prayers
             ?
             He
             ,
             without
             whose
             prouidēce
             a
             sparrow
             lighteth
             not
             on
             the
             ground
             ,
             wold
             he
             permit
             that
             our
             soules
             should
             fall
             into
             hell
             for
             lacke
             of
             caring
             for
             them
             ?
             Hee
             who
             extendeth
             his
             care
             to
             gather
             vp
             our
             teares
             ,
             yea
             to
             count
             our
             haires
             ,
             how
             much
             more
             care
             will
             hee
             haue
             of
             our
             soules
             ,
             for
             which
             his
             Sonne
             hath
             died
             ?
             This
             same
             loue
             made
             Dauid
             say
             ,
             Psal
             .
             23.
             
             
               Euen
               when
               I
               
               should
               walke
               in
               the
               way
               of
               the
               shadow
               of
               death
               ,
               I
               would
               feare
               none
               euill
               ,
               for
               thou
               art
               with
               me
               ,
               thy
               rod
               and
               staffe
               do
               comfort
               me
               .
            
          
           
             Hereby
             we
             may
             iudge
             what
             difference
             there
             is
             betweene
             louing
             God
             and
             men
             .
             Let
             vs
             not
             speake
             of
             the
             weaknesse
             of
             our
             friends
             to
             deliuer
             vs
             ,
             their
             little
             constancie
             in
             their
             loue
             ,
             yea
             and
             of
             the
             cruel
             officiousnes
             of
             some
             friends
             ,
             who
             desire
             to
             see
             their
             friends
             in
             trouble
             ,
             to
             make
             them
             beholding
             vnto
             them
             for
             succouring
             them
             .
             And
             let
             vs
             talke
             that
             
             which
             is
             best
             and
             honestest
             in
             our
             friendships
             .
             I
             say
             then
             ,
             if
             there
             be
             any
             one
             who
             loueth
             a
             douzen
             persons
             faithfully
             ,
             he
             must
             then
             necessarily
             be
             miserable
             :
             for
             it
             is
             a
             very
             likely
             matter
             ,
             that
             one
             of
             a
             douzen
             persons
             will
             euer
             be
             in
             trouble
             ,
             or
             sicke
             ,
             or
             afflicted
             .
             If
             then
             a
             man
             shall
             according
             to
             the
             lawes
             of
             friendship
             participate
             of
             his
             friends
             afflictions
             ,
             shall
             he
             not
             by
             hauing
             many
             friends
             ,
             be
             in
             perpetuall
             miserie
             ?
             
             And
             if
             any
             one
             of
             them
             be
             absent
             ,
             it
             is
             a
             subiect
             
             of
             continuall
             apprehension
             .
             So
             that
             many
             are
             of
             opinion
             ,
             that
             to
             be
             obdurate
             ,
             and
             without
             compassion
             ,
             is
             commodious
             .
             Faithfull
             friendships
             are
             kindes
             of
             sicknesses
             ingenious
             to
             feare
             ,
             and
             which
             from
             diuers
             parts
             draw
             vnto
             themselues
             griefe
             and
             compassion
             .
             The
             loue
             of
             God
             hath
             none
             of
             these
             incōmodities
             :
             for
             we
             loue
             him
             for
             whom
             we
             can
             be
             in
             no
             feare
             ,
             and
             who
             puts
             vs
             out
             of
             all
             feare
             for
             our selues
             ,
             and
             warranteth
             vs
             from
             all
             euill
             .
          
           
           
             Now
             if
             the
             loue
             of
             God
             be
             so
             full
             of
             rest
             ,
             in
             comparison
             of
             the
             most
             faithful
             &
             honest
             friendships
             amongst
             mē
             ;
             how
             much
             more
             then
             in
             comparison
             of
             vnhonest
             loues
             ,
             which
             torture
             the
             conscience
             ,
             which
             hide
             themselues
             for
             shame
             ;
             where
             spending
             ,
             riot
             ,
             ielousie
             ,
             lyings
             in
             waite
             ,
             &
             alteration
             of
             humors
             ,
             torment
             the
             mind
             with
             a
             perpetuall
             vnquietnes
             ?
          
        
         
           
             The
             third
             marke
             of
             the
             loue
             of
             God.
             
          
           
             IN
             the
             third
             place
             ,
             
             the
             loue
             of
             God
             is
             manifested
             
             by
             the
             loue
             of
             ones
             neighbor
             .
             It
             is
             impossible
             to
             loue
             God
             ,
             &
             hate
             his
             image
             ;
             to
             loue
             Iesus
             Christ
             ,
             who
             is
             the
             head
             ,
             &
             hate
             our
             neighbours
             who
             are
             his
             members
             :
             it
             were
             as
             if
             a
             man
             kissing
             another
             should
             tread
             on
             his
             toes
             ;
             things
             vnsufferable
             :
             as
             saith
             the
             Apostle
             Saint
             Iohn
             :
             
             
               He
               who
               saith
               ,
               he
               loueth
               God
               ,
               and
               hateth
               his
               brother
               ,
               is
               a
               lier
               :
               for
               who
               so
               loueth
               not
               his
               brother
               whom
               he
               seeth
               ,
               how
               can
               he
               loue
               God
               whom
               he
               hath
               not
               seene
               ?
            
             That
             is
             to
             say
             ,
             if
             he
             haue
             not
             so
             much
             as
             naturall
             
             loue
             ,
             how
             can
             he
             haue
             the
             supernatural
             ?
             Wherfore
             ,
             in
             the
             summarie
             of
             the
             law
             expressed
             in
             the
             Gospell
             ,
             vnto
             the
             loue
             of
             God
             is
             adioyned
             the
             loue
             of
             our
             neighbor
             ,
             as
             a
             necessary
             consequent
             ,
             &
             an
             vndoubted
             proofe
             .
             And
             the
             Apostle
             
               S.
               Paul
            
             saith
             ,
             
             that
             
               all
               the
               law
               is
               accomplished
               in
               this
               word
               alone
               ,
               Thou
               shalt
               loue
               thy
               neighbour
               as
               thy self
               .
            
             Not
             that
             it
             is
             enough
             to
             loue
             ones
             neighbour
             without
             louing
             God
             ;
             but
             because
             the
             loue
             of
             ones
             neighbor
             doth
             necessarily
             presuppose
             the
             loue
             
             of
             God.
             
          
           
             Now
             if
             we
             ought
             to
             loue
             our
             neighbours
             for
             Gods
             sake
             ,
             it
             followeth
             that
             aboue
             all
             we
             ought
             to
             loue
             those
             which
             loue
             God
             :
             following
             the
             commandement
             of
             the
             Apostle
             vnto
             the
             Galathians
             ,
             chap.
             6.
             
             
               Let
               vs
               do
               good
               vnto
               all
               ,
               but
               principally
               vnto
               the
               houshold
               of
               faith
            
             ;
             with
             whom
             we
             haue
             many
             good
             things
             in
             common
             ,
             to
             be
             together
             children
             of
             one
             Father
             ,
             and
             likewise
             brethren
             of
             Iesus
             Christ
             ;
             nourished
             with
             the
             same
             meate
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             
             word
             :
             of
             one
             houshold
             ,
             namely
             the
             Church
             :
             trauellers
             and
             pilgrims
             together
             ,
             combattants
             for
             one
             selfesame
             cause
             ,
             called
             vnto
             one
             selfesame
             hope
             ,
             coheires
             of
             one
             selfesame
             kingdom
             .
             All
             which
             are
             consideratiōs
             resembling
             many
             lines
             ,
             which
             doe
             all
             meete
             in
             one
             point
             :
             for
             these
             are
             obligations
             to
             loue
             one
             another
             ,
             who
             doe
             all
             of
             vs
             meete
             in
             Iesus
             Christ
             ,
             in
             whom
             we
             are
             all
             one
             ,
             because
             we
             are
             one
             with
             him
             .
          
           
             This
             charity
             amongst
             the
             faithfull
             ,
             is
             extended
             
             two
             wayes
             .
             The
             one
             is
             the
             charitable
             relieuing
             of
             our
             afflicted
             brethrē
             .
             The
             other
             is
             ,
             peace
             and
             concord
             amongst
             our selues
             .
          
           
             As
             touching
             our
             brotherly
             reliefe
             ,
             it
             necessarily
             commeth
             from
             the
             loue
             of
             God
             ,
             as
             
               S.
               Iohn
            
             saith
             :
             
             
               Who
               so
               shall
               haue
               goods
               in
               this
               world
               ,
               and
               see
               his
               brother
               in
               necessitie
               ,
               and
               shall
               shut
               vp
               his
               compassion
               ,
            
             
             
               how
               shall
               the
               loue
               of
               God
               dwell
               in
               him
               ?
            
             Also
             ,
             God
             appointeth
             himselfe
             a
             rewarder
             of
             almes
             ,
             as
             done
             vnto
             him self
             ,
             yea
             euen
             vnto
             a
             cup
             
             of
             cold
             water
             ,
             Math.
             10.
             
             
               To
               giue
               vnto
               the
               poore
               ,
               is
               to
               lend
               out
               money
               for
               vsurie
               vnto
               God.
            
             Prouer.
             19.
             
             Of
             all
             that
             we
             possesse
             ,
             wee
             shall
             saue
             nothing
             but
             that
             which
             we
             shall
             haue
             thus
             giuen
             .
             By
             this
             meanes
             (
             sayth
             Iesus
             Christ
             in
             Luke
             16.
             )
             
               we
               make
               our selues
               friends
               ,
               which
               shal
               receiue
               vs
               into
               the
               euerlasting
               tabernacles
               .
            
             Thou
             fearest
             to
             leese
             thy
             money
             by
             giuing
             it
             ;
             and
             yet
             the
             bestowing
             it
             in
             almes
             ,
             is
             the
             meanes
             to
             keepe
             it
             .
             Thou
             fearest
             to
             leese
             thy
             mony
             by
             giuing
             it
             ,
             and
             fearest
             not
             
             to
             leese
             thy selfe
             by
             keeping
             it
             .
             For
             our
             goods
             auariciously
             reserued
             ,
             are
             not
             only
             spoiled
             ,
             but
             do
             also
             spoile
             and
             corrupt
             our
             spirits
             .
             It
             will
             be
             for
             this
             sinne
             that
             God
             will
             iudge
             the
             wicked
             at
             the
             latter
             day
             .
             Math.
             25.
             
             The
             wicked
             rich
             man
             ,
             who
             despised
             the
             poore
             Lazarus
             crauing
             a
             morsell
             of
             bread
             ,
             doth
             now
             beg
             of
             Lazarus
             a
             droppe
             of
             water
             to
             allay
             his
             heate
             .
             An
             heate
             begun
             by
             the
             retentiō
             of
             those
             goods
             which
             were
             due
             to
             the
             poore
             :
             which
             (
             as
             Saint
             Iames
             saith
             )
             
               shal
               consume
               
               
               the
               flesh
               of
               the
               rich
               like
               fire
               :
               and
               are
               as
               a
               treasure
               gathered
               for
               them
               against
               the
               latter
               day
               .
            
             And
             iustly
             are
             they
             ranked
             with
             murderers
             .
             For
             as
             there
             is
             two
             wayes
             to
             put
             out
             a
             lampe
             ,
             either
             by
             blowing
             it
             ,
             or
             not
             powring
             in
             oile
             in
             good
             time
             :
             so
             the
             couetous
             man
             ,
             if
             he
             take
             not
             away
             the
             life
             of
             the
             poore
             by
             killing
             him
             ;
             at
             least
             he
             suffereth
             him
             to
             wither
             and
             drie
             away
             for
             lacke
             of
             powring
             into
             him
             some
             liberalitie
             .
          
           
             The
             roote
             of
             this
             dutie
             ,
             is
             the
             loue
             of
             God
             ,
             
             which
             redounds
             vpon
             his
             members
             :
             wherfore
             also
             ,
             as
             the
             loue
             of
             God
             is
             free
             and
             voluntarie
             ;
             so
             also
             must
             not
             our
             almes
             be
             forced
             or
             vnwillingly
             done
             ,
             but
             free
             and
             voluntarie
             .
             
               God
               loueth
               a
               cheerfull
               giuer
            
             ,
             2.
             
             Cor.
             9.
             7.
             saith
             the
             Apostle
             Saint
             Paul.
             And
             to
             this
             purpose
             he
             calleth
             there
             in
             that
             same
             place
             almes-deeds
             a
             seede
             .
             A
             seed
             which
             wee
             cast
             in
             the
             earth
             ,
             but
             gather
             the
             crop
             in
             heauen
             .
             Seeing
             then
             wee
             must
             giue
             cheerfully
             ,
             it
             is
             here
             the
             contrarie
             of
             that
             which
             
             is
             said
             in
             the
             126.
             
             Psalm
             :
             
               Those
               which
               shall
               sow
               in
               teares
               ,
               shall
               reape
               in
               ioy
               and
               triumph
               .
            
             For
             hee
             who
             shal
             sow
             this
             reliefe
             with
             teares
             ,
             shall
             reape
             with
             griefe
             .
             None
             shall
             reape
             with
             ioy
             in
             heauen
             ,
             if
             he
             haue
             not
             ioyfully
             sowed
             vpon
             earth
             .
             An
             almes
             giuen
             vnwillingly
             ,
             doth
             not
             onely
             leese
             all
             reward
             ,
             but
             also
             deserueth
             no
             pardon
             .
             It
             fareth
             alike
             with
             almes
             which
             are
             vaingloriously
             giuen
             ,
             and
             to
             be
             seene
             of
             men
             ,
             which
             our
             Lord
             condemneth
             in
             the
             6.
             of
             Matthew
             .
             Also
             it
             fares
             
             alike
             with
             almes
             done
             of
             goods
             ill
             gotten
             ;
             who
             hauing
             enriched
             himself
             by
             fraudulent
             meanes
             and
             extortion
             ,
             thinks
             to
             appease
             God
             by
             giuing
             part
             of
             his
             robberies
             in
             alms
             ,
             goes
             about
             to
             corrupt
             God
             with
             presents
             ,
             &
             cal
             him
             to
             take
             part
             of
             the
             spoile
             .
             As
             in
             the
             law
             ,
             God
             receiued
             not
             as
             an
             offring
             ,
             neither
             the
             price
             of
             a
             dog
             ,
             nor
             the
             hire
             of
             the
             letcher
             :
             so
             in
             the
             Gospell
             ,
             God
             will
             that
             almes
             (
             which
             the
             Apostle
             to
             the
             Hebrews
             calleth
             a
             sacrifice
             )
             should
             be
             of
             iust
             things
             ,
             
             and
             
             gotten
             by
             labour
             :
             that
             
               he
               who
               hath
               stollen
               ,
               steale
               no
               more
               ,
               but
               rather
               labor
               with
               his
               hands
               ,
               that
               he
               may
               haue
               to
               giue
               vnto
               him
               that
               hath
               neede
               .
            
             Ephes
             .
             4.
             
             Wherfore
             when
             Iesus
             Christ
             in
             the
             16.
             of
             
               S.
               Luke
            
             ,
             wil
             that
             we
             giue
             almes
             of
             vniust
             riches
             ;
             hee
             calleth
             riches
             there
             euill
             ,
             not
             because
             they
             were
             vniustly
             gottē
             ,
             but
             because
             that
             ordinarily
             they
             are
             enticements
             &
             baits
             of
             iniquitie
             ;
             otherwise
             hee
             would
             sooner
             haue
             commanded
             them
             to
             be
             rendered
             vnto
             such
             as
             they
             had
             bene
             
             wrongfully
             taken
             from
             .
          
           
             This
             same
             loue
             of
             God
             ,
             
             produceth
             peace
             and
             concord
             amongst
             brethren
             .
             For
             it
             is
             impossible
             to
             loue
             God
             ,
             without
             imitating
             him
             .
             Now
             
               he
               is
               the
               God
               of
               peace
               .
            
             Rom.
             16.
             
             Wee
             must
             therefore
             be
             children
             of
             peace
             ,
             in
             imitation
             of
             him
             :
             for
             so
             are
             the
             faithful
             called
             in
             the
             10.
             of
             Luke
             .
             To
             this
             purpose
             in
             the
             19.
             of
             the
             first
             of
             Kings
             ,
             God
             is
             represented
             as
             not
             being
             in
             the
             storme
             and
             boisterous
             winde
             ,
             but
             in
             the
             still
             and
             quiet
             sound
             ;
             because
             
             God
             is
             not
             amongst
             confusions
             and
             quarrels
             ,
             amongst
             persons
             which
             eate
             vp
             one
             another
             ,
             but
             amongst
             those
             which
             be
             at
             peace
             and
             vnitie
             .
             But
             the
             diuel
             liueth
             vpon
             discord
             ,
             and
             is
             friend
             vnto
             strife
             .
             Euen
             as
             men
             cause
             two
             dogges
             or
             two
             cocks
             to
             fight
             together
             for
             pleasure
             ,
             the
             lookers
             on
             encouraging
             them
             to
             the
             combat
             :
             so
             doubt
             you
             not
             ,
             but
             when
             two
             men
             fight
             together
             ,
             the
             diuel
             pricketh
             them
             on
             ,
             and
             taketh
             pleasure
             thereat
             .
             Let
             vs
             take
             heed
             lest
             before
             
             we
             be
             aware
             ,
             we
             make
             our selues
             the
             diuels
             bable
             or
             pastime
             .
             We
             (
             I
             say
             )
             that
             be
             brothers
             ,
             who
             haue
             all
             the
             world
             on
             our
             skirts
             ;
             who
             by
             one selfe
             same
             combat
             ,
             do
             tend
             to
             one selfe
             same
             hope
             :
             called
             to
             repaire
             the
             breaches
             of
             Ierusalem
             ,
             to
             build
             againe
             the
             house
             of
             God
             in
             the
             view
             and
             despite
             of
             the
             diuel
             .
             It
             is
             written
             in
             the
             1.
             of
             Kings
             ,
             chap.
             6.
             that
             Salomons
             temple
             was
             builded
             without
             any
             noise
             ,
             there
             was
             not
             one
             stroake
             of
             a
             hammer
             heard
             .
             Let
             vs
             labour
             
             in
             the
             worke
             of
             God
             without
             any
             noise
             ,
             and
             without
             strife
             .
             And
             here
             may
             and
             ought
             to
             be
             remembred
             the
             aduertisement
             which
             Ioseph
             gaue
             to
             his
             brethren
             ,
             at
             their
             going
             out
             of
             Egypt
             ,
             to
             return
             to
             their
             father
             ;
             he
             sent
             them
             away
             ,
             and
             said
             vnto
             them
             ,
             
             
               Fall
               not
               out
               by
               the
               way
               .
            
             For
             what
             is
             the
             life
             of
             a
             faithful
             man
             but
             an
             issue
             out
             of
             Egypt
             ,
             a
             voyage
             to
             return
             home
             to
             our
             father
             ?
             Let
             vs
             not
             quarrell
             then
             on
             the
             way
             ,
             let
             vs
             liue
             in
             peace
             ,
             and
             the
             God
             of
             peace
             will
             remaine
             with
             
             vs
             ;
             whom
             we
             shall
             loue
             the
             more
             ardently
             ,
             whē
             we
             are
             ioyned
             in
             affections
             for
             to
             loue
             him
             .
          
        
         
           
             The
             fourth
             marke
             of
             the
             Loue
             of
             God.
             
          
           
             WE
             presume
             that
             such
             are
             friends
             whom
             wee
             ordinarily
             see
             together
             .
             
             Communication
             and
             familiarity
             are
             the
             nurses
             of
             friendship
             ,
             yea
             more
             then
             good
             turnes
             .
             He
             which
             doth
             a
             pleasure
             with
             a
             seueritie
             ,
             withdrawing
             his
             companie
             from
             all
             ;
             who
             giueth
             with
             a
             refusing
             
             countenance
             ,
             like
             one
             that
             should
             fling
             his
             bread
             at
             a
             beggers
             head
             ,
             doth
             vnbind
             in
             binding
             ,
             and
             is
             paied
             wel
             enough
             if
             his
             benefits
             be
             pardoned
             .
             Friendship
             also
             requireth
             ,
             that
             a
             friend
             should
             in
             all
             things
             be
             aduised
             by
             his
             friend
             ,
             discharge
             vnto
             him
             his
             cares
             ,
             discouer
             his
             sorrowes
             ,
             and
             powre
             all
             his
             griefe
             into
             his
             bosome
             ,
             to
             take
             counsell
             of
             him
             if
             there
             be
             any
             remedie
             ,
             and
             to
             ease
             himselfe
             if
             there
             be
             none
             .
             This
             is
             then
             also
             one
             of
             the
             markes
             of
             the
             loue
             of
             
             God
             ,
             to
             wit
             ,
             a
             frequent
             communication
             ,
             by
             the
             which
             the
             faithful
             Christian
             doth
             counsell
             or
             consolate
             himselfe
             with
             God.
             
          
           
             For
             the
             man
             which
             loueth
             God
             ,
             being
             to
             deliberate
             vpō
             any
             thing
             of
             importance
             ,
             doth
             first
             consult
             with
             the
             oracle
             of
             Gods
             mouth
             ,
             and
             enquireth
             after
             his
             will.
             As
             for
             example
             ,
             vpon
             the
             choise
             of
             religion
             ,
             he
             wil
             not
             call
             the
             belly
             to
             coūsell
             ,
             nor
             worldly
             hopes
             ;
             he
             will
             not
             imitate
             the
             Shechemites
             ,
             
             which
             tooke
             the
             seale
             of
             Gods
             
             couenant
             vpon
             them
             ,
             to
             haue
             the
             substance
             and
             cattell
             of
             the
             children
             of
             Iacob
             :
             nor
             the
             Iewes
             ,
             which
             in
             the
             6.
             of
             Saint
             Iohn
             ,
             follow
             Christ
             to
             haue
             bread
             ;
             he
             will
             not
             make
             Iesus
             Christ
             serue
             him
             for
             a
             puruey
             or
             ,
             nor
             religion
             to
             be
             a
             merchādize
             of
             the
             time
             ,
             or
             a
             dependancie
             of
             his
             domesticall
             affaires
             .
             The
             feare
             of
             men
             ,
             shame
             ,
             respect
             ,
             worldly
             honours
             ,
             couetousnesse
             ,
             like
             blind
             and
             traiterous
             coūsellers
             ,
             shal
             not
             be
             admitted
             vnto
             this
             counsell
             :
             but
             he
             will
             withdraw
             himselfe
             vnto
             
             God
             ;
             &
             after
             hauing
             ardently
             craued
             his
             grace
             ,
             he
             wil
             resolue
             to
             beleeue
             nothing
             but
             what
             hee
             teacheth
             vs
             in
             his
             word
             :
             wherein
             if
             there
             be
             any
             difficulty
             ,
             yet
             that
             which
             remaineth
             cleare
             ,
             is
             sufficient
             for
             our
             instructiō
             .
             Adde
             hereunto
             ,
             that
             if
             he
             demand
             faithfully
             in
             Iesus
             Christ
             his
             name
             ,
             the
             grace
             to
             vnderstand
             inough
             for
             his
             saluation
             ,
             Iesus
             Christ
             promiseth
             that
             all
             which
             we
             shall
             so
             demand
             in
             his
             name
             ,
             he
             will
             giue
             vs.
             
          
           
             Likewise
             if
             he
             be
             to
             make
             a
             match
             ,
             or
             chuse
             
             any
             vocation
             ,
             he
             wil
             first
             counsell
             himselfe
             with
             God
             ,
             that
             he
             may
             chuse
             that
             vocation
             in
             which
             he
             shal
             be
             least
             sollicited
             to
             offend
             God
             ,
             and
             in
             which
             he
             shal
             haue
             most
             meanes
             to
             glorifie
             him
             .
             After
             this
             consultation
             ,
             humane
             wisedome
             may
             be
             heard
             in
             her
             rank
             ,
             not
             as
             a
             mistris
             to
             rule
             the
             rost
             ,
             but
             as
             a
             seruant
             ,
             who
             speaketh
             when
             he
             is
             questioned
             :
             she
             shall
             propound
             what
             our
             forces
             are
             ,
             what
             the
             present
             necessitie
             is
             ,
             what
             the
             courses
             of
             the
             time
             ,
             and
             the
             circumstāces
             of
             places
             
             and
             persons
             .
             In
             like
             sort
             ,
             if
             there
             be
             any
             question
             of
             mariage
             ,
             the
             faithfull
             wil
             before
             all
             other
             things
             consult
             with
             Gods
             mouth
             ,
             and
             will
             heare
             the
             Apostle
             Saint
             Paul
             (
             1.
             
             Corin.
             7.
             )
             commanding
             that
             it
             be
             done
             in
             the
             Lord.
             And
             God
             himself
             in
             the
             7.
             of
             Deuteronomie
             ,
             charging
             vs
             not
             to
             contract
             mariage
             but
             with
             true
             beleeuers
             .
             So
             Isaac
             and
             Iacob
             were
             maried
             by
             the
             commandement
             of
             their
             fathers
             ;
             but
             Esau
             took
             vnto
             him
             wiues
             of
             the
             Gentiles
             ,
             
             which
             were
             a
             bitternesse
             
             vnto
             Isaac
             and
             Rebecca
             .
             I
             passe
             ouer
             the
             consideration
             of
             the
             inconueniences
             which
             doe
             spring
             thereof
             ,
             for
             at
             this
             time
             we
             do
             seeke
             onely
             after
             the
             proofes
             and
             effects
             of
             the
             true
             loue
             of
             God.
             For
             if
             a
             friend
             should
             marrie
             himselfe
             without
             cōmunicating
             the
             matter
             vnto
             his
             friēd
             ;
             might
             he
             not
             take
             occasion
             to
             say
             ,
             You
             doe
             mistrust
             me
             ,
             and
             do
             all
             your
             businesse
             without
             speaking
             thereof
             vnto
             me
             .
             Now
             if
             God
             hath
             cōmunicated
             vnto
             vs
             all
             his
             coūsel
             ,
             as
             saith
             
               S.
               Paul
            
             ,
             Acts
             20
             :
             
             shall
             we
             make
             difficultie
             to
             let
             him
             know
             ours
             ?
             His
             counsell
             (
             I
             say
             )
             which
             is
             a
             bottomlesse
             depth
             of
             wisedome
             ,
             full
             of
             wholesome
             and
             holy
             mysteries
             :
             on
             the
             contrarie
             ,
             our
             coūsels
             which
             are
             but
             light
             things
             ,
             and
             wherein
             he
             will
             be
             our
             counseller
             for
             our
             good
             ,
             and
             which
             he
             knoweth
             without
             our
             communicating
             them
             .
             Certainly
             the
             word
             of
             God
             is
             our
             good
             counseller
             ,
             who
             counselleth
             vs
             without
             flatterie
             ,
             who
             ruleth
             vs
             without
             ambiguitie
             :
             and
             the
             Prophet
             Esay
             ,
             cha
             .
             9.
             
             calleth
             Iesus
             Christ
             
               the
               Counseller
            
             ,
             not
             onely
             because
             hee
             hath
             manifested
             to
             vs
             the
             counsel
             of
             God
             in
             the
             Gospell
             ,
             but
             because
             he
             is
             to
             counsell
             vs
             in
             our
             doubts
             ,
             and
             resolue
             vs
             in
             our
             deliberations
             .
          
           
             That
             which
             I
             say
             of
             our
             difficulties
             ,
             ought
             also
             to
             be
             vnderstood
             of
             our
             sorrowes
             ;
             in
             which
             wee
             ought
             to
             addresse
             our selues
             to
             God
             ,
             make
             our
             complaint
             to
             him
             ,
             powre
             out
             our
             teares
             &
             discouer
             our
             afflictions
             vnto
             him
             with
             a
             son
             like
             libertie
             :
             and
             though
             he
             
             know
             them
             well
             without
             this
             cōmunicating
             ,
             yet
             will
             he
             thereby
             giue
             vs
             ease
             and
             contenting
             .
             Take
             example
             hereof
             in
             the
             Psalmes
             of
             Dauid
             ,
             where
             you
             haue
             an
             anatomie
             of
             the
             thoughts
             of
             the
             faithfull
             ,
             and
             the
             picture
             of
             a
             diuers
             agitation
             within
             him
             .
             You
             shall
             see
             many
             Psalmes
             ,
             as
             the
             6.
             the
             22.
             the
             51.
             &c.
             wherein
             the
             beginnings
             are
             full
             of
             feare
             ,
             &
             the
             entry
             ful
             of
             anguish
             ,
             and
             as
             it
             were
             within
             two
             fingers
             of
             despaire
             ;
             but
             in
             the
             end
             you
             see
             nothing
             but
             ioy
             and
             assurance
             :
             
             so
             that
             you
             would
             thinke
             that
             the
             Psalme
             were
             composed
             by
             two
             men
             of
             contrary
             humors
             .
             From
             whence
             commeth
             this
             so
             sudden
             change
             ?
             was
             it
             ,
             that
             in
             the
             midst
             of
             his
             prayer
             ,
             some
             good
             newes
             arriued
             ,
             which
             might
             allay
             his
             griefe
             ?
             no
             such
             matter
             :
             but
             thus
             ,
             that
             according
             as
             hee
             grew
             more
             and
             more
             feruent
             with
             God
             ,
             his
             soule
             rising
             from
             vnder
             her
             burthē
             ,
             stayed
             her selfe
             vpon
             his
             promises
             ,
             &
             came
             forth
             with
             peace
             &
             assurance
             .
             Who
             is
             that
             faithfull
             
             Christiā
             ,
             who
             hath
             practised
             this
             exercise
             ,
             and
             hath
             not
             felt
             ease
             ?
             And
             if
             an
             obstinate
             pensiuenes
             ,
             which
             holdeth
             the
             hand
             still
             on
             the
             wound
             ,
             seize
             on
             our
             spirits
             and
             consume
             them
             ,
             ought
             it
             not
             to
             be
             imputed
             vnto
             the
             want
             of
             cōmunicating
             with
             God
             ?
             for
             teares
             suppressed
             procure
             double
             smart
             ;
             and
             although
             but
             vnprofitably
             spent
             ,
             yet
             do
             they
             discharge
             vs
             of
             griefe
             ,
             and
             giue
             aire
             vnto
             the
             wound
             .
             But
             being
             spent
             before
             God
             ,
             who
             hath
             bound
             himselfe
             by
             promise
             ,
             yea
             
             euen
             by
             oath
             ,
             not
             to
             abandon
             vs
             ,
             doth
             bring
             vs
             a
             great
             consolation
             ,
             before
             God
             (
             I
             say
             )
             who
             doth
             register
             our
             requests
             ,
             yea
             euen
             preuenteth
             them
             ,
             so
             farre
             forth
             as
             Dauid
             saith
             in
             the
             32.
             
             Psalme
             ,
             that
             God
             hath
             pardoned
             him
             his
             sinne
             ,
             not
             only
             after
             his
             praier
             ,
             but
             euen
             as
             soone
             as
             he
             had
             any
             will
             to
             craue
             it
             .
          
           
             For
             he
             requireth
             not
             any
             praiers
             of
             vs
             ,
             because
             he
             hath
             need
             of
             our
             seruice
             ,
             but
             because
             wee
             haue
             need
             of
             his
             grace
             :
             and
             that
             according
             to
             his
             iustice
             it
             cannot
             be
             
             giuen
             to
             those
             which
             shall
             not
             daigne
             to
             craue
             it
             .
             As
             the
             Sunne
             draweth
             vp
             vapours
             from
             the
             earth
             ,
             not
             for
             it selfe
             ,
             but
             to
             render
             them
             to
             the
             earth
             in
             raine
             to
             moisten
             and
             fatten
             it
             :
             so
             God
             the
             true
             Sun
             of
             our
             soules
             ,
             draweth
             frō
             vs
             our
             sighs
             and
             prayers
             ,
             not
             for
             his
             own
             profit
             ,
             but
             to
             make
             them
             raine
             downe
             again
             vpon
             vs
             in
             so
             many
             blessings
             .
             This
             same
             frequēt
             communication
             with
             God
             in
             our
             afflictions
             ,
             will
             teach
             vs
             to
             turne
             away
             our
             eyes
             from
             men
             which
             do
             afflict
             vs
             ,
             towards
             
             God
             who
             doth
             employ
             them
             ,
             that
             we
             may
             not
             be
             like
             the
             angrie
             dog
             ,
             which
             biteth
             the
             stone
             which
             is
             cast
             at
             him
             .
             The
             man
             that
             shall
             loue
             ,
             will
             say
             as
             Dauid
             when
             Shimei
             cursed
             him
             :
             
             
               Suffer
               him
               to
               curse
               ,
               for
               the
               Lord
               hath
               bidden
               him
               .
            
             The
             Lord
             proueth
             me
             ,
             or
             correcteth
             me
             ;
             my
             sinnes
             fortifie
             mine
             enemies
             ,
             and
             make
             them
             necessarie
             :
             the
             stroakes
             of
             God
             are
             more
             wholsome
             then
             the
             flatteries
             of
             the
             world
             .
             In
             our
             domesticke
             harmes
             let
             vs
             take
             heed
             of
             resembling
             
             such
             hurt
             men
             ,
             as
             falling
             into
             frensie
             ,
             do
             teare
             all
             things
             prepared
             to
             dresse
             them
             withal
             .
             Yea
             euen
             out
             of
             affliction
             ,
             and
             in
             full
             prosperitie
             ,
             what
             sweetnesse
             &
             pleasure
             is
             there
             in
             this
             communication
             ?
             For
             according
             to
             the
             commandement
             of
             our
             Sauiour
             ,
             Math.
             6.
             the
             faithful
             
               shal
               enter
               into
               his
               closet
               ,
               and
               hauing
               shut
               his
               doore
               ,
               shal
               pray
               vnto
               his
               Father
               ,
               who
               seeth
               him
               in
               secret
               ,
               and
               who
               will
               reward
               him
               openly
               .
            
             There
             being
             couered
             from
             the
             eyes
             of
             men
             ,
             he
             shall
             discouer
             
             himselfe
             before
             God
             with
             lesse
             distraction
             ,
             &
             more
             familiarity
             .
             There
             ,
             after
             hauing
             spoken
             to
             himselfe
             ,
             he
             will
             frame
             his
             owne
             inditement
             ,
             &
             condemne
             himselfe
             that
             God
             may
             pardon
             him
             .
             And
             taking
             the
             law
             as
             a
             looking-glasse
             ,
             he
             will
             acknowledge
             therin
             the
             spots
             of
             his
             soule
             ,
             will
             seeke
             to
             couer
             them
             by
             faith
             ,
             &
             to
             correct
             them
             by
             repentance
             .
             There
             he
             wil
             meditate
             vpō
             the
             works
             of
             God
             throughout
             the
             world
             ,
             his
             iudgements
             against
             his
             enemies
             ,
             his
             benefites
             towards
             
             his
             Church
             ;
             and
             particularly
             vnto
             himselfe
             ,
             how
             God
             hath
             guided
             him
             ,
             instructed
             him
             ,
             and
             brought
             him
             vnto
             his
             knowledge
             .
             How
             many
             monarks
             &
             peoples
             haue
             set
             themselues
             against
             the
             church
             being
             weake
             and
             contemptible
             in
             appearāce
             ,
             and
             haue
             crushed
             themselues
             thereagainst
             :
             but
             the
             church
             of
             God
             subsisteth
             ,
             and
             so
             shall
             do
             vnto
             the
             end
             .
             Yea
             euen
             vsing
             a
             ladder
             as
             it
             were
             in
             his
             meditation
             ,
             he
             shal
             raise
             himselfe
             to
             the
             contemplation
             of
             the
             
             workes
             of
             our
             redemption
             ,
             marking
             therein
             how
             God
             would
             haue
             the
             remedies
             proportionable
             vnto
             the
             euil
             .
             For
             ,
             because
             man
             desiring
             to
             make
             himselfe
             like
             vnto
             God
             ,
             by
             exalting
             himselfe
             ,
             is
             fallen
             into
             death
             :
             God
             hauing
             made
             himself
             like
             vnto
             mā
             ,
             by
             abasing
             himself
             ,
             hath
             restored
             him
             vnto
             life
             .
             And
             as
             the
             woman
             brought
             vnto
             man
             the
             fruite
             of
             death
             :
             so
             God
             would
             that
             woman
             ,
             to
             wit
             ,
             the
             holy
             Virgine
             ,
             should
             bring
             man
             the
             fruite
             of
             life
             .
             And
             as
             out
             of
             the
             
             profound
             sleepe
             of
             the
             first
             Adam
             ,
             God
             drew
             him
             forth
             a
             womā
             ,
             who
             was
             bone
             of
             his
             bone
             ,
             and
             flesh
             of
             his
             flesh
             :
             so
             by
             the
             death
             of
             the
             second
             Adam
             (
             which
             the
             Scripture
             calleth
             a
             sleep
             )
             God
             hath
             gotten
             him
             a
             Spouse
             ,
             that
             is
             to
             say
             ,
             his
             Church
             ,
             which
             is
             one
             bodie
             with
             him
             .
             In
             this
             same
             meditation
             he
             wil
             admire
             ,
             how
             in
             one
             person
             ,
             God
             hath
             vnited
             himselfe
             vnto
             man
             ,
             hauing
             ioyned
             the
             author
             of
             life
             with
             a
             mortall
             bodie
             ,
             shutting
             vp
             all
             his
             celestiall
             treasures
             in
             a
             
             vessell
             of
             earth
             ,
             to
             the
             end
             wee
             might
             there
             draw
             of
             his
             fulnesse
             .
             How
             by
             the
             infirmity
             of
             this
             flesh
             ,
             he
             vanquished
             the
             force
             of
             Satan
             ;
             from
             his
             extreme
             shame
             hath
             drawn
             exceeding
             glory
             ;
             from
             the
             death
             of
             that
             man
             ,
             drawne
             the
             life
             of
             all
             mē
             ,
             by
             that
             very
             same
             vertue
             ,
             through
             which
             in
             the
             beginning
             of
             the
             world
             hee
             had
             drawne
             light
             out
             of
             darknesse
             .
          
           
             In
             this
             contemplatiō
             ,
             as
             being
             enflamed
             with
             this
             diuine
             loue
             ,
             he
             will
             raise
             vp
             himself
             through
             faith
             ,
             euē
             vnto
             the
             ioyes
             
             of
             heauen
             ;
             where
             God
             discouers
             himselfe
             face
             to
             face
             ;
             where
             the
             harps
             of
             Saints
             sound
             forth
             ;
             &
             where
             the
             Seraphins
             assisting
             before
             the
             throne
             ,
             crie
             ,
             Holy
             ,
             holy
             ,
             holy
             is
             the
             Lord
             of
             hoasts
             .
             O
             how
             sweete
             a
             thing
             is
             it
             to
             ioyne
             vnto
             these
             their
             praises
             ,
             and
             haue
             a
             part
             in
             this
             celestiall
             harmonie
             !
             One
             onely
             beame
             of
             this
             glorie
             in
             the
             transfiguratiō
             of
             Iesus
             Christ
             on
             the
             mountaine
             ,
             had
             taken
             away
             from
             
               S.
               Peter
            
             the
             remembrāce
             of
             his
             home
             ,
             and
             of
             his
             wife
             and
             family
             :
             
             It
             were
             good
             (
             said
             he
             )
             that
             we
             stayed
             here
             ;
             and
             would
             haue
             set
             vp
             tents
             there
             .
             How
             much
             more
             wold
             he
             haue
             bin
             rauished
             ,
             if
             himselfe
             had
             bene
             transfigured
             :
             as
             the
             Apostle
             saith
             ,
             
             that
             
               Iesus
               Christ
               shall
               transforme
               our
               vile
               bodies
               ,
               that
               they
               may
               be
               made
               like
               vnto
               his
               glorious
               bodie
               .
            
             Who
             doubteth
             ,
             but
             that
             when
             this
             glorie
             vanished
             ,
             S.
             Peter
             was
             seized
             with
             great
             sorrow
             :
             and
             so
             indeede
             the
             heart
             of
             the
             faithfull
             comming
             from
             this
             meditation
             againe
             to
             consider
             these
             base
             
             and
             earthly
             things
             ,
             is
             necessarily
             touched
             with
             a
             great
             distast
             and
             base
             esteeme
             of
             them
             ,
             and
             is
             grieued
             to
             see
             himselfe
             tied
             thereunto
             ,
             and
             to
             say
             with
             Dauid
             ,
             Psal
             .
             42.
             
             
               O
               when
               shall
               I
               present
               my self
               before
               the
               face
               of
               God
               ?
            
             It
             was
             these
             thoughts
             which
             made
             the
             Prophet
             greedie
             and
             thirstie
             after
             the
             Lord.
             These
             were
             the
             thoughts
             which
             made
             
               Paul
               desire
               to
               be
               dislodged
               ,
               and
               to
               be
               with
               Christ
               :
            
             which
             made
             him
             thinke
             that
             which
             was
             gaine
             vnto
             others
             ,
             to
             be
             losse
             vnto
             him
             .
             These
             
             are
             the
             thoughts
             which
             haue
             euen
             in
             our
             time
             sustained
             the
             Martyrs
             ,
             which
             haue
             made
             them
             go
             vnto
             death
             as
             cheerfully
             as
             those
             which
             come
             thence
             .
             For
             
               loue
               is
               strong
            
             (
             saith
             
               Salomon
               )
               as
               death
            
             ,
             yea
             stronger
             ,
             seeing
             it
             maketh
             one
             to
             despise
             life
             .
          
           
             This
             ardour
             of
             loue
             is
             entertayned
             in
             our
             soules
             by
             a
             frequent
             cōmunication
             with
             God
             :
             and
             wee
             may
             easily
             see
             ,
             that
             the
             cause
             of
             our
             slacknesse
             and
             coldnesse
             in
             this
             loue
             ,
             is
             ,
             because
             wee
             speake
             not
             often
             
             with
             God.
             The
             most
             exquisite
             friendships
             doe
             waxe
             cold
             for
             want
             of
             communication
             :
             how
             much
             more
             if
             friendship
             neuer
             hath
             bene
             ,
             as
             indeed
             man
             is
             naturally
             borne
             and
             inclined
             vnto
             enmitie
             with
             God.
             This
             is
             a
             common
             euill
             ,
             to
             wit
             ,
             that
             wee
             are
             much
             exercised
             in
             speaking
             with
             others
             ,
             but
             very
             litle
             with
             our selues
             ,
             and
             yet
             lesse
             with
             God.
             If
             some
             houres
             of
             leisure
             do
             steale
             vs
             from
             men
             ,
             they
             giue
             vs
             not
             any
             whit
             the
             more
             vnto
             God.
             If
             we
             enter
             alone
             
             into
             our
             closet
             ,
             we
             enter
             not
             euer
             the
             sooner
             into
             our selues
             ,
             to
             examine
             our
             consciēces
             ,
             to
             search
             our
             wounds
             ,
             to
             feele
             the
             pulses
             of
             our
             consciences
             ,
             or
             to
             talk
             with
             God.
             And
             yet
             none
             shall
             see
             him
             aboue
             ,
             who
             hath
             not
             carefully
             sought
             him
             here
             below
             ;
             and
             hath
             not
             carefully
             walked
             with
             him
             by
             prayers
             ,
             meditations
             ,
             and
             by
             the
             studie
             and
             reading
             of
             the
             word
             .
             This
             let
             vs
             study
             ,
             and
             from
             our
             life
             ,
             which
             is
             deuided
             into
             a
             thousand
             parts
             ,
             amongst
             a
             thousand
             occupatiōs
             ,
             
             suites
             ,
             solicitations
             ,
             publicke
             and
             domesticke
             affaires
             ;
             let
             vs
             withdraw
             some
             houres
             to
             giue
             our selues
             vnto
             God
             ,
             retiring
             our selues
             out
             of
             the
             throng
             and
             noise
             of
             this
             world
             ,
             quietly
             to
             meditate
             on
             those
             things
             which
             pertaine
             to
             our
             saluation
             .
             As
             if
             by
             a
             litle
             channell
             we
             wold
             diuert
             a
             part
             of
             the
             troubled
             waters
             of
             a
             stream
             ,
             that
             they
             may
             run
             more
             gently
             and
             cleerly
             .
             A
             running
             brooke
             presenteth
             not
             any
             images
             ;
             nor
             a
             spirit
             which
             is
             euer
             in
             action
             ,
             &
             alwaies
             pussed
             
             with
             businesse
             ,
             hardly
             can
             hee
             frame
             himselfe
             vnto
             the
             image
             of
             God.
             We
             must
             then
             separate
             some
             houres
             to
             speake
             with
             God.
             All
             the
             time
             of
             our
             life
             is
             lost
             except
             that
             which
             is
             thus
             husbanded
             .
             That
             time
             alone
             is
             only
             ours
             which
             we
             giue
             to
             God.
             
          
           
             Let
             none
             here
             alledge
             his
             domesticke
             affaires
             .
             For
             if
             we
             be
             Gods
             children
             ,
             his
             seruice
             is
             part
             of
             our
             domesticall
             affaires
             :
             yea
             ,
             and
             whilest
             we
             are
             doing
             our
             handy
             workes
             ,
             what
             hindereth
             vs
             that
             we
             may
             not
             think
             
             of
             God
             ,
             and
             send
             him
             vp
             by
             our
             broken
             sighes
             ,
             those
             sort
             of
             prayers
             which
             the
             ancient
             Fathers
             called
             eiaculatoriae
             ?
             short
             praiers
             which
             may
             be
             said
             euery
             where
             ,
             prayers
             lanced
             forth
             ,
             spiritual
             sallies
             borne
             of
             the
             present
             occasion
             ;
             prayers
             which
             haue
             no
             other
             ornament
             but
             feruency
             ,
             whose
             clauses
             haue
             no
             other
             contexture
             but
             necessitie
             .
             Who
             doubteth
             ,
             but
             that
             the
             Prophet
             Eliseus
             ploughing
             of
             his
             field
             ,
             of
             that
             verie
             labour
             of
             his
             tooke
             occasion
             to
             say
             ,
             We
             sow
             
             here
             in
             teares
             ,
             but
             we
             shall
             reape
             in
             heauen
             with
             ioy
             ?
             Or
             that
             the
             Apostle
             
               S.
               Paul
            
             ,
             labouring
             with
             his
             hands
             to
             make
             tents
             ,
             of
             this
             earthly
             trauell
             ,
             tooke
             occasion
             to
             thinke
             of
             our
             heauenly
             rest
             ?
             The
             way
             is
             euery
             where
             open
             vnto
             praier
             :
             and
             the
             loue
             of
             God
             is
             ingenious
             to
             suggest
             thoughts
             ,
             which
             like
             sparkes
             of
             pietie
             mount
             vp
             vnto
             God.
             
          
        
         
           
             The
             fift
             marke
             of
             the
             Loue
             of
             God.
             
          
           
             THe
             life
             of
             the
             bodie
             is
             discerned
             by
             these
             
             
             two
             markes
             :
             1.
             by
             motion
             :
             2.
             by
             feeling
             .
             The
             loue
             of
             God
             being
             the
             life
             of
             our
             soules
             ,
             is
             also
             knowne
             by
             these
             two
             things
             .
             The
             foure
             marks
             of
             this
             loue
             which
             wee
             haue
             hitherto
             presented
             ,
             are
             the
             motions
             of
             our
             soules
             ;
             for
             they
             are
             holy
             actions
             ,
             and
             spirituall
             motions
             ,
             produced
             by
             the
             loue
             of
             God
             :
             but
             this
             fift
             marke
             is
             the
             feeling
             ,
             to
             wit
             ,
             
               an
               affection
               which
               maketh
               a
               man
               sensible
               ,
               to
               be
               moued
               either
               with
               griefe
               or
               with
               ioy
               ,
               according
               as
               God
               is
               blasphemed
               or
               glorified
               .
            
             Carnall
             
             and
             vicious
             loue
             may
             serue
             vs
             for
             an
             example
             .
             We
             reade
             of
             the
             sonne
             of
             king
             Antigonus
             ,
             that
             being
             grieuously
             sicke
             ,
             and
             none
             knowing
             the
             cause
             of
             his
             maladie
             :
             his
             Physitian
             perceiued
             the
             cause
             to
             be
             the
             loue
             of
             his
             mother
             in
             law
             ,
             because
             that
             she
             being
             entred
             into
             the
             chamber
             ,
             his
             pulse
             began
             to
             beate
             extraordinarily
             .
             The
             like
             happeneth
             in
             the
             loue
             of
             God.
             All
             men
             that
             are
             therewith
             possessed
             ,
             when
             that
             they
             see
             God
             glorified
             ,
             or
             his
             name
             &
             his
             truth
             blasphemed
             ,
             
             although
             hee
             intend
             to
             containe
             himselfe
             ,
             yet
             will
             the
             pulse
             of
             his
             conscience
             be
             extraordinarily
             moued
             ,
             either
             with
             ioy
             ,
             or
             sorow
             and
             impatience
             .
             It
             will
             chance
             him
             as
             it
             happened
             vnto
             Croesus
             his
             sonne
             ,
             who
             hauing
             bene
             euer
             dumbe
             ,
             came
             suddenly
             to
             his
             speech
             ,
             seeing
             his
             father
             assailed
             ,
             feare
             and
             griefe
             hauing
             ouercome
             all
             naturall
             hinderances
             .
             For
             the
             Spirit
             of
             Iesus
             Christ
             dwelling
             in
             him
             ,
             produceth
             the
             same
             effects
             in
             him
             as
             in
             himselfe
             ;
             
             of
             whom
             it
             is
             written
             ,
             
             
               The
               zeale
               of
               thy
               house
               hath
               eaten
               me
               vp
               .
            
             
             This
             affection
             did
             exulcerate
             the
             Apostle
             Saint
             Paul
             being
             at
             Athens
             ,
             
             and
             grieued
             his
             soule
             to
             see
             the
             Towne
             so
             giuen
             to
             idolatry
             .
             This
             same
             zeale
             was
             it
             which
             seized
             on
             the
             soule
             of
             Eli
             his
             daughter
             in
             law
             ;
             so
             as
             in
             her
             death
             she
             was
             not
             so
             much
             afflicted
             either
             for
             his
             or
             for
             her
             husbands
             ,
             as
             for
             the
             Arke
             of
             the
             couenant
             which
             was
             taken
             by
             the
             infidels
             .
             It
             is
             of
             this
             alone
             that
             she
             speaketh
             dying
             :
             
             
               The
               glorie
               of
               the
               Lord
            
             
             (
             saith
             she
             )
             
               is
               departed
               frō
               Israel
            
             .
             There
             is
             no
             more
             certain
             effect
             of
             the
             loue
             of
             God
             then
             this
             here
             :
             for
             if
             at
             one
             time
             we
             receiue
             seuerall
             newes
             ;
             the
             one
             of
             the
             losse
             of
             a
             law-suite
             ;
             the
             other
             of
             the
             reuolt
             of
             some
             persons
             bought
             ;
             and
             are
             more
             grieued
             with
             the
             last
             then
             the
             first
             .
             Or
             if
             we
             be
             more
             angrie
             to
             heare
             Gods
             name
             blasphemed
             then
             to
             heare
             our selues
             euill
             spoken
             of
             ;
             then
             haue
             we
             in
             vs
             an
             assured
             witnesse
             ,
             that
             the
             loue
             of
             God
             is
             liuely
             imprinted
             in
             our
             soules
             .
             Good
             
             bloud
             will
             not
             bely
             it selfe
             .
             All
             wel-borne
             children
             are
             touched
             at
             the
             quicke
             with
             the
             iniuries
             are
             done
             vnto
             their
             fathers
             :
             who
             so
             is
             not
             moued
             therewith
             ,
             confesseth
             himselfe
             a
             bastard
             or
             a
             stranger
             .
             This
             is
             an
             euill
             which
             we
             see
             before
             our
             eyes
             ,
             to
             our
             great
             griefe
             :
             that
             vnto
             them
             which
             make
             profession
             to
             carrie
             weapons
             ,
             and
             to
             vnderstand
             the
             termes
             of
             reputatiō
             ,
             if
             one
             speake
             the
             least
             crosse
             word
             ,
             it
             is
             inough
             to
             cut
             one
             anothers
             throate
             :
             so
             that
             they
             
             confesse
             their
             liues
             to
             be
             litle
             worth
             ,
             seeing
             they
             will
             hazard
             them
             for
             so
             litle
             ,
             making
             it
             an
             euerie
             dayes
             exercise
             :
             but
             if
             God
             be
             blasphemed
             ,
             &
             his
             truth
             slandered
             ,
             if
             his
             name
             be
             abused
             before
             their
             eyes
             ,
             they
             remaine
             vnmoueable
             ,
             and
             beare
             a
             part
             therein
             .
             We
             are
             leapers
             ,
             without
             feeling
             in
             spirituall
             things
             ,
             but
             verie
             sensible
             in
             carnall
             .
             We
             go
             for
             curiositie
             vnto
             sermons
             ,
             where
             Gods
             truth
             is
             opposed
             against
             ,
             and
             our
             presence
             by
             the
             weake
             taken
             for
             an
             approbation
             :
             but
             we
             wold
             
             be
             loth
             to
             be
             found
             i●
             a
             place
             or
             companie
             where
             the
             honor
             of
             our
             house
             should
             be
             defamed
             ,
             but
             to
             contradict
             the
             same
             .
             Let
             vs
             vndergo
             in
             this
             point
             a
             voluntary
             condemnatiō
             ,
             and
             let
             vs
             acknowledge
             that
             this
             spirituall
             feeling
             is
             verie
             feeble
             in
             vs
             ,
             to
             the
             end
             we
             may
             craue
             of
             God
             to
             awaken
             it
             ,
             by
             quickening
             vs
             with
             his
             loue
             .
          
           
             From
             these
             fiue
             degrees
             and
             fiue
             markes
             ,
             you
             may
             easily
             gather
             ,
             that
             the
             loue
             of
             God
             consisteth
             not
             onely
             in
             hauing
             a
             good
             opinion
             
             of
             him
             ,
             or
             to
             haue
             a
             good
             feeling
             ,
             or
             to
             speak
             well
             of
             him
             ;
             but
             that
             chiefly
             it
             consisteth
             in
             obeying
             him
             ,
             and
             conforming
             vs
             to
             his
             wil.
             So
             God
             in
             his
             law
             saith
             ,
             that
             he
             sheweth
             mercie
             vnto
             them
             which
             loue
             him
             ;
             but
             he
             addeth
             ,
             
               &
               which
               keep
               my
               commandements
            
             .
             And
             Iesus
             Christ
             ,
             
               Ioh.
               14.
               
               Who
               so
               loueth
               me
               ,
               will
               keep
               my
               sayings
               .
            
             And
             the
             same
             Apostle
             in
             another
             place
             :
             
             
               My
               litle
               children
               ,
               loue
               not
               in
               word
               ,
               neither
               in
               tongue
               onely
               ,
               but
               in
               deed
               and
               in
               truth
               .
            
             So
             S.
             Iames
             saith
             :
             
             
               That
               pure
               
               and
               vnderfield
               religion
               before
               God
               ,
               is
               to
               visit
               the
               fatherlesse
               and
               widows
               in
               their
               aduersitie
               ,
               and
               to
               keepe
               our selues
               vnspotted
               of
               the
               world
               .
            
             But
             there
             be
             many
             that
             are
             religious
             in
             speech
             ,
             not
             in
             actions
             ;
             and
             who
             studie
             to
             be
             more
             skilfull
             ,
             not
             more
             wise
             ;
             who
             confesse
             God
             with
             their
             lips
             ,
             but
             denie
             him
             in
             their
             hearts
             .
             Like
             vnto
             those
             which
             struck
             Iesus
             Christ
             ,
             saying
             ,
             
               Haile
               maister
            
             :
             or
             to
             Rabshakeh
             ,
             who
             spake
             not
             the
             language
             of
             the
             people
             of
             God
             ,
             but
             for
             to
             dishonour
             him
             withall
             .
             
             He
             knoweth
             not
             God
             ,
             who
             loueth
             him
             not
             ;
             &
             he
             loueth
             him
             not
             ,
             who
             obeieth
             not
             his
             wil.
             The
             children
             of
             Eli
             were
             instructed
             in
             the
             will
             of
             God
             ;
             for
             being
             Priests
             they
             taught
             it
             vnto
             others
             ;
             and
             yet
             the
             Scripture
             saith
             ,
             1
             Sam.
             2.
             12.
             that
             
               they
               knew
               not
               God
               ,
               because
               they
               loued
               him
               not
               .
            
             
             
               The
               kingdome
               of
               God
            
             (
             saith
             
               S.
               Paul
               )
               lieth
               not
               in
               words
               ,
               but
               in
               power
               .
            
             It
             is
             euen
             so
             with
             his
             loue
             .
             So
             Dauid
             in
             the
             33.
             
             Psal
             .
             saith
             ,
             that
             
               praises
               are
               very
               comely
            
             ;
             but
             he
             addeth
             ,
             
               in
               the
               mouths
               of
               iust
               men
               .
            
             
             As
             for
             the
             wicked
             ,
             God
             saith
             vnto
             him
             in
             the
             50
             Psalme
             ,
             
               Wherefore
               takest
               thou
               my
               words
               into
               thy
               mouth
               ?
            
             For
             this
             cause
             was
             it
             that
             Iesus
             Christ
             ,
             when
             the
             diuell
             confessed
             him
             ,
             said
             vnto
             him
             ,
             
               Hold
               thy
               peace
               ,
               hold
               thy
               peace
               .
            
             For
             the
             praise
             of
             God
             ,
             and
             the
             truth
             of
             religion
             ,
             are
             vilified
             and
             debased
             in
             the
             mouth
             of
             the
             wicked
             ,
             and
             therby
             lose
             their
             authoritie
             :
             for
             shee
             is
             made
             a
             companion
             of
             vice
             ;
             and
             the
             liuerie
             of
             Gods
             children
             becometh
             by
             this
             meanes
             a
             cloake
             of
             impietie
             .
             
             Thou
             saist
             ,
             I
             loue
             God
             ,
             but
             doest
             despise
             his
             will
             :
             I
             loue
             God
             ,
             but
             doest
             hate
             the
             image
             of
             God.
             Canst
             thou
             loue
             God
             without
             following
             him
             ?
             or
             follow
             such
             as
             do
             good
             to
             their
             enemies
             ,
             whilest
             thou
             liuest
             in
             discord
             with
             thy
             brethren
             ?
             We
             protest
             all
             of
             vs
             to
             loue
             God
             ,
             but
             we
             better
             loue
             the
             increase
             of
             our
             monies
             then
             the
             aduancement
             of
             his
             cause
             .
             Wee
             protest
             to
             feare
             him
             ,
             but
             we
             do
             not
             feare
             to
             do
             before
             him
             such
             things
             as
             we
             would
             shame
             to
             do
             before
             
             men
             .
             Who
             is
             that
             quarreller
             or
             theefe
             ,
             that
             wil
             strike
             or
             steale
             in
             the
             presence
             of
             the
             Iudge
             ?
             and
             for
             all
             this
             ,
             what
             do
             we
             not
             in
             Gods
             sight
             ,
             the
             Iudge
             not
             onely
             of
             our
             actions
             ,
             but
             also
             of
             our
             thoughts
             ?
             We
             protest
             to
             loue
             Iesus
             Christ
             ,
             and
             yet
             abandon
             his
             members
             which
             are
             the
             poore
             .
             We
             spend
             more
             in
             a
             quarter
             of
             an
             houre
             at
             play
             ,
             then
             in
             a
             whole
             yeare
             in
             almes
             .
             The
             superfluitie
             of
             our
             attire
             ,
             would
             cloathe
             a
             great
             number
             of
             poore
             .
             All
             is
             spent
             in
             pleasure
             ,
             and
             
             nothing
             in
             pietie
             .
             All
             is
             for
             our
             couetousnes
             ,
             &
             nothing
             for
             Gods
             sake
             .
             Doth
             that
             man
             loue
             God
             ,
             which
             wil
             not
             willingly
             speake
             vnto
             him
             ,
             nor
             of
             him
             ;
             or
             who
             taketh
             no
             counsell
             of
             God
             in
             his
             distresse
             ?
             or
             who
             is
             not
             touched
             with
             the
             zeale
             of
             his
             glory
             ?
             In
             the
             mean
             time
             there
             is
             none
             amongst
             vs
             ,
             who
             maketh
             not
             profession
             to
             loue
             God
             :
             which
             sheweth
             that
             wee
             loue
             him
             in
             grosse
             ,
             but
             hate
             him
             in
             retaile
             ;
             this
             being
             in
             generall
             ,
             and
             gainsaid
             in
             particular
             .
             We
             speake
             of
             
             heauen
             ,
             but
             haue
             our
             hearts
             on
             the
             earth
             .
             By
             this
             meanes
             if
             one
             mark
             apart
             our
             loue
             to
             God
             ,
             it
             may
             be
             found
             some
             speciall
             matter
             ;
             but
             if
             we
             ballance
             it
             with
             our
             loue
             of
             the
             world
             ,
             our
             pleasures
             ,
             our
             riches
             ,
             our
             preferments
             ,
             it
             is
             found
             verie
             light
             :
             so
             that
             our
             loue
             is
             a
             kinde
             of
             disesteeme
             ,
             and
             almost
             an
             hatred
             .
             Let
             vs
             take
             heed
             to
             our selues
             ;
             for
             we
             shal
             not
             be
             iudged
             according
             to
             this
             general
             profession
             ,
             but
             according
             to
             our
             particular
             actions
             .
             And
             if
             so
             it
             be
             ,
             that
             
             we
             loue
             not
             God
             as
             we
             ought
             ,
             or
             if
             wee
             loue
             some
             other
             thing
             with
             him
             otherwise
             then
             for
             his
             sake
             ,
             how
             shall
             we
             subsist
             before
             him
             ,
             louing
             any
             thing
             better
             better
             then
             he
             ?
             yea
             euen
             against
             him
             ,
             louing
             that
             which
             God
             hateth
             ,
             to
             wit
             ,
             the
             world
             and
             the
             desires
             thereof
             ,
             and
             cherishing
             his
             enemies
             in
             his
             presence
             .
          
        
      
       
         
         
           CHAP.
           IV.
           Fiue
           meanes
           or
           helpes
           to
           inflame
           vs
           in
           the
           loue
           of
           God.
           
        
         
           NOw
           we
           are
           to
           treat
           of
           the
           meanes
           to
           nourish
           in
           vs
           this
           loue
           .
           It
           is
           surely
           an
           effect
           of
           the
           Spirit
           of
           sanctification
           ,
           which
           God
           giueth
           onely
           to
           his
           children
           :
           whereupon
           this
           spirit
           is
           called
           the
           spirit
           of
           adoption
           by
           the
           Apostle
           ,
           Rom.
           8.
           because
           it
           is
           not
           giuen
           to
           any
           other
           then
           the
           children
           of
           God
           ,
           which
           he
           hath
           adopted
           
           in
           Iesus
           Christ
           :
           and
           that
           therefore
           hee
           frameth
           their
           hearts
           vnto
           a
           child-like
           loue
           ,
           and
           to
           haue
           recourse
           vnto
           God
           as
           their
           Father
           .
           It
           is
           requisite
           ,
           that
           the
           grace
           of
           God
           should
           preuēt
           our
           wils
           ,
           to
           make
           them
           willing
           ;
           that
           it
           may
           accompanie
           them
           ,
           that
           they
           may
           will
           feruently
           ;
           and
           that
           it
           follow
           them
           ,
           to
           the
           end
           they
           may
           not
           will
           in
           vaine
           ,
           and
           without
           fruite
           .
           
           
             It
             is
             God
             which
             bringeth
             forth
             in
             vs
             with
             efficacie
             ,
             both
             the
             will
             and
             the
             deede
             ,
             according
             to
             his
             good
             pleasure
             .
          
           Notwithstanding
           
           God
           moueth
           vs
           not
           like
           stones
           ;
           he
           maketh
           vs
           follow
           willingly
           ,
           he
           bendeth
           our
           wils
           by
           an
           vnconstrained
           necessitie
           .
           For
           this
           cause
           is
           it
           ,
           that
           we
           are
           called
           ,
           
             workers
             together
             with
             God
          
           :
           
           &
           that
           in
           the
           same
           place
           where
           
             S.
             Paul
          
           saith
           ,
           that
           
             God
             giueth
             the
             will
             and
             the
             deede
             according
             to
             his
             good
             pleasure
             :
          
           he
           willeth
           notwithstanding
           that
           
             we
             should
             worke
             out
             our
             owne
             saluation
             with
             feare
             and
             trembling
             .
          
           Phil.
           2.
           12.
           13.
           
        
         
           The
           meanes
           then
           which
           we
           haue
           to
           employ
           our selues
           in
           the
           
           nourishing
           and
           cherishing
           of
           this
           loue
           of
           God
           in
           vs
           ,
           is
           in
           generall
           ,
           to
           giue
           our selues
           to
           good
           workes
           ,
           which
           be
           pleasing
           vnto
           him
           .
           But
           in
           this
           trauell
           ,
           I
           finde
           fiue
           helpes
           ,
           by
           which
           ,
           wisedome
           ioyned
           with
           pietie
           ,
           through
           a
           holy
           industrie
           do
           quicken
           this
           loue
           in
           vs
           ,
           and
           doe
           put
           matches
           as
           it
           were
           vnto
           our
           hearts
           ,
           thereby
           to
           kindle
           this
           spirituall
           flame
           .
        
         
           These
           meanes
           or
           aids
           are
           :
        
         
           I.
           The
           image
           of
           vices
           .
        
         
         
           II.
           The
           choice
           of
           friends
           .
        
         
           III.
           Hatred
           of
           the
           world
           .
        
         
           IV.
           Prayer
           .
        
         
           V.
           The
           hearing
           and
           reading
           of
           the
           word
           .
        
         
           
             The
             first
             helpe
             or
             aide
             of
             the
             Loue
             of
             God.
             
          
           
             THose
             who
             void
             out
             of
             their
             lodgings
             their
             stable
             dung
             ,
             
             do
             fatten
             their
             fields
             withall
             ;
             and
             by
             ridding
             themselues
             of
             this
             infection
             ,
             doe
             otherwise
             make
             a
             profit
             thereof
             .
             The
             faithfull
             Christian
             ought
             to
             
             follow
             this
             example
             .
             For
             it
             is
             the
             dutie
             of
             pietie
             ,
             to
             discharge
             our selues
             of
             those
             vices
             which
             are
             of
             ill
             sauor
             before
             God
             :
             but
             Christian
             wisedom
             findeth
             meanes
             to
             draw
             euē
             from
             this
             filth
             ,
             some
             commoditie
             .
             He
             then
             which
             would
             seek
             some
             model
             ,
             whereon
             to
             form
             the
             loue
             of
             his
             God
             ,
             ought
             to
             obserue
             amongst
             all
             the
             rest
             ,
             the
             most
             monstrous
             and
             the
             most
             obstinate
             vices
             ,
             &
             they
             are
             so
             all
             indeede
             .
             Yet
             I
             think
             that
             extreme
             auarice
             doth
             some
             deale
             beare
             away
             the
             bell
             .
             Let
             
             it
             then
             be
             exposed
             to
             open
             view
             ;
             and
             let
             this
             monster
             ,
             which
             corrupteth
             man
             when
             it
             is
             within
             him
             ,
             teach
             man
             being
             thrust
             forth
             ,
             and
             instruct
             him
             afarre
             off
             .
             For
             will
             you
             loue
             God
             ,
             as
             you
             ought
             ?
             loue
             him
             then
             as
             a
             man
             extremely
             couetous
             loueth
             his
             money
             .
             Auarice
             taketh
             away
             rest
             ,
             and
             troubleth
             sleepe
             ;
             his
             money
             is
             the
             first
             thought
             at
             his
             waking
             :
             so
             let
             the
             loue
             of
             God
             breake
             our
             sleepe
             ,
             possesse
             our
             thoughts
             in
             the
             night
             ;
             let
             it
             be
             the
             first
             of
             our
             thoughts
             at
             
             our
             awaking
             ,
             to
             meditate
             on
             his
             former
             graces
             ,
             to
             dispose
             of
             our
             future
             life
             ,
             to
             bewaile
             our
             sinnes
             at
             the
             cock-crowing
             .
             Couetousnes
             doth
             shut
             the
             heart
             of
             the
             couetous
             into
             his
             coffer
             ,
             where
             his
             treasure
             is
             :
             so
             also
             let
             the
             loue
             of
             God
             fixe
             our
             hearts
             in
             heauen
             ,
             to
             the
             end
             that
             there
             where
             our
             treasures
             be
             ,
             there
             may
             our
             hearts
             be
             also
             .
             Auarice
             snatcheth
             out
             of
             the
             niggards
             hand
             the
             bread
             he
             should
             eate
             ,
             and
             maketh
             him
             be
             content
             with
             little
             :
             so
             must
             the
             loue
             of
             
             God
             teach
             vs
             abstinēce
             ,
             and
             how
             to
             bring
             vnder
             our
             bodies
             ;
             to
             liue
             with
             litle
             ,
             and
             to
             depriue
             our selues
             when
             it
             is
             requisite
             ,
             of
             temporall
             commodities
             for
             his
             seruice
             .
             The
             auaricious
             man
             vndertaketh
             for
             gaine
             long
             voyages
             ,
             sequestring
             himselfe
             from
             his
             wife
             and
             children
             :
             so
             must
             the
             loue
             of
             God
             prepare
             vs
             to
             endure
             banishmēt
             ,
             to
             leaue
             wife
             and
             children
             to
             follow
             God
             ;
             remembring
             the
             saying
             of
             our
             Lord
             ,
             Mat.
             10.
             
             
               Who
               so
               loueth
               father
               or
               mother
               more
               then
               me
               ,
               is
               not
               worthie
               
               of
               me
               :
               or
               who
               so
               loueth
               sonne
               or
               daughter
               more
               then
               me
               ,
               is
               not
               worthie
               of
               me
               .
            
             The
             couetous
             man
             hauing
             put
             his
             money
             vnto
             vsurie
             ,
             calculateth
             the
             time
             ,
             and
             with
             impatience
             attēdeth
             the
             terme
             :
             so
             we
             that
             know
             that
             God
             hath
             in
             his
             hands
             our
             pledge
             ,
             and
             that
             hee
             will
             render
             vs
             our
             almes
             with
             vsurie
             ,
             ought
             with
             impatience
             to
             attend
             the
             time
             of
             payment
             ;
             and
             in
             the
             meane
             time
             very
             preciously
             keepe
             his
             obligation
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             doctrine
             of
             the
             Gospell
             .
             
             The
             couetous
             man
             ,
             the
             older
             hee
             waxeth
             ,
             the
             more
             greedy
             he
             is
             to
             gather
             ;
             he
             liueth
             poorely
             ,
             that
             he
             may
             die
             rich
             ;
             his
             purpose
             to
             gather
             is
             at
             the
             greatest
             ,
             when
             the
             terme
             of
             his
             life
             is
             at
             the
             shortest
             :
             so
             must
             the
             old
             man
             fearing
             God
             ,
             make
             more
             carefull
             prouision
             of
             faith
             and
             good
             works
             .
             Let
             him
             liue
             poore
             in
             worldly
             goods
             ,
             that
             he
             may
             die
             rich
             in
             heauenly
             .
             Old
             age
             is
             the
             groūds
             and
             lees
             of
             life
             ;
             but
             in
             the
             faithfull
             man
             it
             reneweth
             ,
             
             as
             vnto
             an
             Eagle
             :
             for
             then
             he
             feeleth
             
             more
             liuely
             and
             certainly
             the
             motions
             of
             the
             life
             to
             come
             ;
             then
             hath
             he
             the
             wager
             almost
             in
             his
             hand
             ,
             being
             neere
             the
             end
             of
             his
             course
             .
             Whē
             the
             riuers
             are
             neer
             their
             end
             ,
             and
             approach
             vnto
             the
             sea
             ;
             the
             tide
             cometh
             towards
             them
             ,
             and
             meeteth
             them
             :
             so
             when
             the
             course
             of
             a
             faithfull
             mans
             life
             commeth
             neare
             his
             end
             ,
             then
             God
             cometh
             to
             meete
             him
             ;
             and
             before
             death
             ,
             giueth
             him
             some
             taste
             and
             feeling
             of
             the
             life
             to
             come
             .
             Then
             it
             is
             that
             we
             ought
             to
             haue
             a
             holy
             couetousnesse
             
             to
             husband
             our
             time
             ,
             make
             a
             stocke
             of
             faith
             ,
             send
             our
             good
             workes
             before
             vs
             ,
             and
             to
             make
             our selues
             friends
             which
             may
             receiue
             vs
             into
             the
             euerlasting
             habitations
             .
             This
             meditation
             ,
             which
             giueth
             vice
             a
             double
             construction
             ,
             and
             maketh
             it
             look
             both
             waies
             ,
             enforceth
             it
             to
             be
             an
             example
             and
             helpe
             vnto
             vertue
             :
             as
             Amorrheā
             captiues
             ,
             to
             cleanse
             &
             decke
             the
             tabernacle
             ;
             as
             a
             woman
             of
             Hethe
             ,
             whose
             haire
             and
             nailes
             are
             cut
             off
             ,
             Deut.
             21.
             
             For
             vertue
             is
             so
             feeble
             in
             vs
             ,
             
             that
             to
             raise
             it selfe
             vp
             ,
             it
             boroweth
             helpe
             of
             vice
             ;
             it
             passeth
             ouer
             to
             the
             Philistiās
             to
             whet
             her
             tools
             .
             
             Because
             we
             cānot
             comprehend
             how
             much
             we
             owe
             vnto
             God
             ,
             but
             through
             the
             consideration
             of
             that
             which
             we
             giue
             vnto
             our
             concupiscence
             ;
             for
             all
             that
             is
             stolen
             from
             him
             ,
          
        
         
           
             The
             second
             helpe
             vnto
             the
             Loue
             of
             God.
             
          
           
             THe
             sheepe
             of
             Iacob
             brought
             forth
             spotted
             lambes
             ,
             
             according
             to
             the
             colour
             of
             the
             rods
             
             were
             layd
             before
             them
             :
             so
             men
             produce
             workes
             conformable
             vnto
             the
             obiects
             which
             they
             haue
             before
             their
             eyes
             .
             And
             this
             is
             a
             great
             euill
             ,
             that
             good
             examples
             haue
             nothing
             like
             so
             great
             force
             to
             forme
             vs
             vnto
             goodnesse
             ,
             as
             bad
             haue
             to
             induce
             vs
             vnto
             euill
             .
             For
             ,
             as
             a
             man
             strucken
             with
             the
             pestilence
             ,
             will
             sooner
             infect
             a
             douzen
             sound
             men
             which
             shall
             approach
             to
             him
             ,
             then
             these
             whole
             men
             can
             helpe
             him
             :
             in
             like
             sort
             ,
             a
             vicious
             man
             will
             sooner
             infect
             many
             honest
             mē
             ,
             
             then
             he
             wil
             correct
             him selfe
             by
             their
             example
             .
             For
             vice
             is
             here
             in
             his
             own
             soile
             ,
             it
             cometh
             vp
             without
             plāting
             ,
             it
             groweth
             without
             pain
             ;
             much
             more
             then
             being
             fortified
             from
             without
             ,
             &
             wel
             laboured
             :
             but
             vertue
             is
             a
             stranger
             ,
             and
             resembleth
             a
             graine
             brought
             from
             the
             East
             ,
             which
             after
             much
             care
             and
             labour
             ,
             doth
             yet
             little
             prosper
             but
             degenerate
             ;
             especially
             in
             the
             contagion
             of
             these
             times
             ,
             which
             is
             as
             the
             dregges
             and
             sinke
             of
             all
             seasons
             and
             ages
             ,
             in
             which
             vertue
             is
             a
             prodigie
             ,
             
             and
             pietie
             a
             crime
             or
             simplicitie
             .
             For
             thus
             do
             men
             call
             foolishnesse
             in
             this
             age
             ;
             in
             which
             ,
             that
             they
             may
             rēder
             or
             make
             vertue
             to
             be
             odious
             ,
             they
             cloath
             brutishnesse
             with
             his
             habit
             .
             Euen
             as
             it
             is
             vneasie
             that
             the
             flocks
             feeding
             amongst
             the
             thornie
             bushes
             ,
             should
             not
             leaue
             some
             of
             their
             wooll
             :
             so
             is
             it
             hard
             for
             an
             honest
             man
             ,
             liuing
             amongst
             so
             great
             corruption
             ,
             but
             he
             must
             leaue
             some
             of
             his
             innocencie
             .
             We
             fall
             away
             insensibly
             ;
             we
             go
             on
             in
             badnesse
             ,
             without
             being
             aware
             
             thereof
             ,
             like
             people
             sleeping
             in
             a
             boate
             ,
             and
             caried
             downe
             the
             stream
             ,
             which
             make
             much
             way
             without
             thinking
             thereon
             .
             Wherefore
             we
             are
             to
             looke
             to
             our selues
             ,
             and
             in
             so
             contagious
             an
             aire
             ,
             to
             prouide
             our selues
             of
             preseruatiues
             ,
             of
             which
             ,
             the
             best
             is
             
               the
               loue
               &
               feare
               of
               God.
            
             And
             this
             loue
             is
             nourished
             by
             hanting
             those
             which
             loue
             him
             .
             We
             must
             acquaint
             our selues
             with
             such
             as
             wee
             should
             be
             like
             ;
             to
             the
             end
             that
             the
             faithfull
             with
             some
             few
             friends
             louing
             God
             ,
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
             withdrawing
             himselfe
             as
             it
             were
             from
             vices
             ,
             may
             looke
             with
             horrour
             vpon
             them
             as
             from
             a
             far
             off
             ,
             vpon
             this
             ouerflowing
             torrent
             and
             powerfull
             reigne
             of
             the
             diuell
             ;
             comforting
             himselfe
             in
             the
             meane
             time
             in
             God
             ,
             and
             relying
             on
             his
             loue
             .
          
           
             This
             same
             friendship
             among
             the
             faithfull
             ,
             will
             serue
             the
             better
             to
             make
             them
             know
             themselues
             .
             For
             seeing
             we
             be
             blind
             in
             our
             imperfections
             ,
             we
             ought
             to
             borrow
             our
             friends
             eyes
             ,
             and
             lend
             them
             ours
             ,
             to
             the
             end
             we
             may
             mutually
             reprehend
             
             and
             correct
             one
             another
             .
             The
             serious
             reprehensions
             of
             a
             friend
             ,
             do
             more
             good
             then
             praises
             ,
             were
             they
             neuer
             so
             true
             .
             Whoso
             shall
             take
             away
             from
             friendship
             the
             libertie
             of
             reprehending
             ,
             leaueth
             nothing
             that
             may
             distinguish
             it
             from
             flatterie
             .
          
           
             And
             seeing
             that
             we
             are
             naturally
             lame
             and
             benūmed
             in
             things
             touching
             Gods
             seruice
             ,
             we
             must
             employ
             the
             helpe
             of
             our
             friēds
             ,
             to
             the
             end
             they
             may
             bring
             vs
             into
             this
             bath
             to
             receiue
             healing
             .
             For
             God
             communicateth
             
             not
             his
             graces
             vnto
             vs
             ,
             that
             they
             should
             fade
             and
             vanish
             with
             vs
             ,
             but
             that
             we
             might
             multiply
             our
             talent
             ;
             and
             that
             the
             spring
             of
             his
             spiritual
             benedictions
             ,
             which
             he
             causeth
             to
             breake
             forth
             in
             vs
             ,
             may
             run
             out
             ,
             and
             serue
             for
             instruction
             to
             our
             neighbors
             :
             as
             Christ
             saith
             to
             
               S.
               Peter
               :
               But
               thou
               being
               conuerted
               ,
               confirme
               thy
               brethren
               .
            
             For
             if
             God
             command
             vs
             to
             take
             vp
             our
             enemies
             strayed
             beast
             ;
             how
             much
             more
             to
             reforme
             the
             soule
             of
             our
             friend
             ,
             when
             it
             wandereth
             out
             of
             the
             way
             
             of
             saluation
             ?
             This
             communication
             also
             among
             the
             faithfull
             ,
             bringeth
             comfort
             in
             affliction
             ,
             which
             being
             deuided
             among
             many
             ,
             is
             more
             easily
             borne
             .
             Many
             small
             brooks
             reunited
             in
             one
             channell
             ,
             carrie
             great
             vessels
             :
             many
             afflicted
             spirits
             ioyning
             thēselues
             together
             by
             concord
             &
             mutuall
             support
             ,
             will
             easily
             beare
             an
             affliction
             .
             And
             the
             word
             of
             God
             witnesseth
             vnto
             vs
             ,
             that
             God
             looketh
             on
             ,
             hearkneth
             vnto
             ,
             and
             taketh
             pleasure
             in
             the
             consolations
             and
             mutuall
             exhortations
             
             of
             his
             children
             .
             So
             the
             Prophet
             Malachie
             in
             the
             3.
             chapter
             saith
             ,
             that
             when
             the
             proud
             are
             esteemed
             happie
             ,
             and
             the
             bad
             aduanced
             ,
             
               then
               those
               which
               feared
               the
               Lord
               ,
               spake
               one
               vnto
               another
               ,
               &
               the
               Lord
               was
               attentiue
               and
               heard
               :
               and
               a
               booke
               of
               remembrance
               was
               written
               before
               him
               ,
               for
               them
               which
               feare
               the
               Lord
               ,
               and
               think
               on
               his
               name
               ;
               and
               they
               shall
               be
               mine
               (
               said
               the
               Lord
               )
               when
               I
               shall
               lay
               apart
               my
               most
               precious
               iewels
               .
            
             O
             how
             precious
             a
             treasure
             is
             a
             vertuous
             friend
             fearing
             
             God!
             And
             would
             to
             God
             that
             as
             we
             are
             vsed
             to
             know
             by
             certaine
             markes
             the
             goodnesse
             and
             courage
             of
             a
             horse
             ;
             so
             also
             in
             the
             choise
             of
             friends
             ,
             that
             we
             might
             with
             the
             sight
             of
             a
             man
             know
             his
             vertue
             :
             but
             the
             lurking
             holes
             of
             the
             spirit
             of
             a
             man
             are
             so
             deep
             ,
             that
             he
             deceiueth
             both
             himselfe
             and
             others
             ,
             and
             he
             is
             hidden
             euen
             from
             himselfe
             .
             Yet
             by
             a
             mans
             innocencie
             of
             his
             actiōs
             ,
             sobrietie
             of
             his
             words
             ,
             by
             the
             simplicitie
             of
             his
             habit
             ,
             by
             his
             zeale
             and
             ardour
             in
             Gods
             cause
             ,
             
             by
             his
             disesteem
             of
             gain
             ,
             by
             his
             eschuing
             of
             pleasures
             ,
             you
             may
             very
             probably
             know
             the
             puritie
             of
             his
             mind
             within
             :
             euē
             as
             by
             the
             sparks
             coming
             forth
             of
             a
             heape
             of
             ashes
             ,
             men
             know
             the
             hidden
             fire
             .
          
        
         
           
             The
             third
             helpe
             of
             the
             loue
             of
             God.
             
          
           
             THe
             disesteeme
             likewise
             and
             hatred
             of
             the
             world
             ,
             
             doth
             not
             a
             litle
             aide
             vnto
             the
             loue
             of
             God.
             For
             
               the
               loue
               of
               the
               world
            
             (
             saith
             
               S.
               Iames
               )
               is
               enmitie
               against
               God.
            
             And
             
               S.
               Iohn
            
             likewise
             :
             
             
               If
               anie
               
               one
               loue
               the
               world
               ,
               the
               loue
               of
               the
               Father
               is
               not
               in
               him
               .
            
             By
             
               the
               world
            
             ,
             I
             vnderstand
             humane
             busines
             ,
             worldly
             pomp
             ,
             carnall
             enticements
             ,
             earthly
             desires
             ,
             deceitful
             and
             vncertaine
             hopes
             :
             who
             so
             loueth
             God
             ,
             will
             looke
             on
             these
             things
             with
             disdaine
             .
             He
             wil
             passe
             ouer
             all
             the
             ages
             of
             man
             ,
             from
             his
             conception
             vnto
             his
             rotten
             sepulcher
             :
             he
             will
             consider
             in
             all
             the
             conditions
             and
             states
             of
             his
             life
             ,
             his
             certaine
             miserie
             ,
             his
             vncertain
             hopes
             ,
             vnfruitfull
             gaine
             ,
             that
             he
             may
             say
             with
             
               Salomon
               ,
               
               Vanitie
               of
               vanities
               ,
            
             
             
               all
               is
               vanitie
            
             .
             Looking
             on
             these
             things
             with
             a
             disdaine
             ,
             mingled
             with
             compassion
             :
             a
             disdaine
             extending
             euen
             vnto
             hatred
             ,
             when
             he
             shall
             consider
             wickednesse
             to
             be
             mingled
             with
             vanitie
             ,
             and
             the
             diuell
             to
             haue
             so
             established
             his
             reigne
             in
             the
             world
             ,
             that
             it
             is
             a
             kind
             of
             miracle
             and
             prodigie
             to
             see
             therein
             a
             good
             man.
             So
             as
             the
             Prophet
             Esay
             acknowledgeth
             chap.
             8.
             
             
               Behold
               me
            
             (
             saith
             he
             )
             
               and
               the
               children
               which
               the
               Lord
               hath
               giuen
               me
               ,
               for
               a
               signe
               and
               
               for
               a
               miracle
               in
               Israel
               .
            
             Now
             if
             it
             were
             a
             miracle
             in
             Israel
             to
             see
             a
             familie
             instructed
             in
             the
             feare
             of
             the
             Lord
             ,
             how
             much
             more
             amongst
             infidels
             ?
             and
             if
             in
             Ierusalem
             ,
             how
             much
             more
             in
             Babylon
             ?
             It
             is
             then
             without
             reason
             that
             we
             wonder
             when
             wee
             see
             examples
             of
             disloyaltie
             ,
             crueltie
             ,
             vncleannesse
             ;
             seeing
             that
             on
             the
             contrary
             the
             Spirit
             of
             God
             teacheth
             vs
             ,
             to
             hold
             the
             example
             of
             pietie
             and
             the
             feare
             of
             God
             for
             a
             miraculous
             and
             vnusual
             thing
             .
             These
             and
             such
             
             like
             considerations
             ioyned
             vnto
             the
             feeling
             of
             the
             excellencie
             of
             the
             children
             of
             God
             ,
             will
             cause
             the
             faithfull
             to
             esteeme
             himselfe
             better
             then
             the
             world
             ;
             and
             looking
             on
             the
             earth
             as
             a
             place
             cursed
             ,
             will
             liue
             therin
             as
             a
             passenger
             and
             traueller
             :
             as
             an
             Englishman
             that
             should
             trauell
             ouer
             Persia
             or
             Tartaria
             ,
             intending
             to
             returne
             into
             his
             countrey
             .
             For
             hee
             will
             not
             answer
             as
             that
             Philosopher
             ,
             who
             being
             enquired
             ,
             of
             what
             countrey
             he
             was
             ,
             answered
             ,
             that
             he
             was
             a
             citizen
             of
             
             the
             world
             :
             but
             the
             faithfull
             saith
             ,
             he
             is
             a
             stranger
             in
             this
             world
             ,
             and
             a
             citizen
             of
             heauen
             ;
             and
             therfore
             withdrawing
             his
             affection
             from
             the
             world
             ,
             and
             raising
             vp
             his
             heart
             vnto
             God
             ,
             he
             doth
             like
             him
             ,
             who
             from
             the
             top
             of
             the
             Alpes
             where
             the
             aire
             is
             cleer
             ,
             looketh
             vpō
             the
             fields
             beaten
             with
             tempest
             ,
             the
             country
             all
             about
             foggie
             and
             mistie
             ;
             and
             there
             reioyceth
             him self
             ,
             resting
             himselfe
             vpō
             the
             loue
             of
             God
             ,
             which
             hath
             deliuered
             him
             frō
             this
             general
             male
             dictiō
             .
             So
             in
             the
             29.
             
             Psalme
             ,
             after
             
             hauing
             represented
             the
             tearing
             of
             the
             Cedars
             ,
             the
             shaking
             of
             the
             mountaines
             ,
             and
             the
             discouering
             of
             the
             forrests
             by
             the
             force
             of
             the
             thundering
             voice
             of
             God
             ;
             he
             withdraweth
             the
             children
             of
             God
             out
             of
             this
             confusiō
             ,
             and
             assembles
             them
             into
             Gods
             pallace
             ,
             where
             hee
             is
             glorified
             ;
             and
             assures
             himselfe
             that
             God
             wil
             giue
             peace
             and
             strength
             vnto
             his
             people
             .
             For
             in
             this
             pallace
             of
             God
             ,
             which
             is
             his
             church
             ,
             doth
             sound
             that
             voice
             ,
             not
             which
             shaketh
             the
             mountains
             ,
             but
             
             which
             assureth
             our
             hearts
             ;
             not
             that
             voice
             which
             rooteth
             vp
             the
             Cedars
             ,
             but
             that
             which
             comforteth
             our
             consciences
             :
             not
             that
             which
             causeth
             the
             Hindes
             to
             cast
             their
             yong
             ones
             ,
             but
             which
             maketh
             vs
             to
             conceiue
             hope
             .
             It
             is
             the
             word
             of
             the
             Gospell
             ,
             in
             which
             God
             layeth
             open
             the
             treasures
             of
             his
             loue
             :
             in
             which
             whosoeuer
             shall
             take
             a
             relish
             ,
             he
             shall
             finde
             the
             sweetes
             of
             the
             world
             to
             be
             bitternesse
             ,
             and
             hating
             the
             same
             ,
             wil
             learne
             to
             loue
             God.
             
          
           
             Now
             we
             say
             this
             ,
             not
             
             to
             discharge
             our selues
             of
             all
             earthly
             things
             :
             this
             carelesnes
             of
             the
             world
             hindereth
             not
             the
             loue
             of
             our
             children
             ,
             nor
             the
             care
             of
             our
             family
             ,
             nor
             our
             endeuour
             in
             the
             administration
             of
             our
             magistracie
             ;
             but
             the
             faithful
             will
             do
             these
             things
             ,
             as
             a
             passenger
             fits
             himselfe
             in
             the
             best
             manner
             he
             may
             at
             some
             Inne
             .
             He
             who
             is
             not
             to
             stay
             there
             aboue
             a
             night
             ,
             will
             not
             stand
             to
             build
             a
             wall
             ;
             and
             if
             he
             suffer
             there
             any
             discommodity
             ,
             he
             wil
             patiently
             digest
             it
             ,
             because
             it
             is
             but
             a
             passage
             .
             For
             the
             faithfull
             
             wil
             follow
             domesticall
             and
             ciuil
             affaires
             ,
             not
             as
             if
             he
             meant
             there
             to
             set
             vp
             his
             staffe
             ,
             to
             tie
             therunto
             his
             desseignes
             ,
             or
             therein
             to
             place
             his
             hope
             .
             His
             thoughts
             will
             euer
             be
             in
             some
             other
             place
             ;
             and
             during
             his
             businesse
             ,
             will
             euer
             think
             of
             the
             vanitie
             of
             his
             trauell
             .
             He
             will
             alwayes
             begin
             his
             actions
             with
             the
             seruice
             of
             God
             ,
             and
             inuocation
             of
             his
             name
             ;
             and
             that
             shal
             euer
             be
             the
             first
             ,
             which
             he
             will
             haue
             last
             :
             whilest
             worldlings
             ,
             after
             the
             example
             of
             Martha
             ,
             paine
             themselues
             
             excessiuely
             in
             domesticke
             affaires
             ;
             he
             after
             Maries
             example
             ,
             will
             chuse
             the
             good
             part
             ,
             which
             shall
             not
             be
             taken
             from
             him
             ,
             placing
             himselfe
             at
             Christs
             feete
             to
             heare
             his
             word
             .
             If
             hee
             haue
             any
             worldly
             feares
             ,
             they
             wil
             giue
             place
             vnto
             the
             feare
             of
             God.
             If
             he
             haue
             any
             hopes
             ,
             they
             will
             giue
             place
             vnto
             his
             hope
             of
             the
             kingdom
             of
             heauen
             .
             If
             he
             haue
             any
             sorrowes
             ,
             they
             will
             be
             swallowed
             vp
             of
             a
             greater
             sorrow
             ,
             proceeding
             from
             the
             sence
             of
             his
             sinnes
             ,
             or
             the
             bruisings
             
             of
             Ioseph
             .
             God
             himselfe
             herein
             is
             an
             example
             vnto
             vs.
             For
             in
             building
             of
             the
             world
             ,
             he
             hath
             done
             cōtrary
             vnto
             men
             which
             do
             build
             also
             :
             men
             begin
             at
             the
             foundation
             ,
             but
             God
             beginneth
             at
             the
             top
             .
             He
             stretched
             out
             the
             heauens
             ,
             before
             he
             laied
             the
             foundations
             of
             the
             earth
             .
             The
             naturall
             workes
             of
             God
             ,
             are
             spirituall
             instructions
             vnto
             vs.
             To
             the
             end
             that
             wee
             may
             follow
             this
             order
             ,
             and
             that
             wee
             may
             euer
             begin
             by
             the
             care
             of
             heauenly
             things
             ;
             the
             earthly
             will
             present
             themselues
             
             in
             the
             second
             rank
             to
             be
             thought
             on
             ,
             not
             of
             loue
             or
             of
             purpose
             ,
             but
             by
             necessitie
             ,
             and
             as
             much
             as
             is
             required
             ,
             for
             not
             seeming
             cruell
             vnto
             those
             which
             be
             ours
             ,
             or
             enemies
             to
             our selues
             .
             
               Seeke
               ye
               first
               the
               kingdom
               of
               God
               ,
               and
               the
               righteousnes
               thereof
               ,
               and
               all
               other
               things
               shal
               be
               administred
               vnto
               you
               .
               Math.
            
             6.
             33.
             
          
        
         
           
             The
             fourth
             aide
             of
             the
             loue
             of
             God.
             
          
           
             FRequent
             and
             often
             prayers
             doe
             likewise
             nourish
             this
             loue
             ;
             
             I
             mean
             
             as
             well
             publicke
             as
             priuate
             :
             for
             the
             publick
             ,
             are
             a
             quire
             of
             sighes
             ,
             a
             harmonie
             of
             affections
             sent
             vp
             with
             one
             accord
             vnto
             God
             ;
             which
             imitateth
             that
             holy
             consort
             of
             the
             Angels
             &
             soules
             of
             the
             Saints
             sounding
             on
             their
             harps
             in
             heauen
             ;
             wherof
             mention
             is
             made
             in
             the
             5.
             of
             the
             Apocalypse
             .
             In
             our
             priuate
             prayers
             ,
             the
             faithfull
             man
             being
             hidden
             from
             mans
             eies
             ,
             discouereth
             himselfe
             vnto
             God
             ,
             maketh
             his
             complaints
             to
             him
             with
             a
             child-like
             familiaritie
             ,
             prayeth
             vnto
             him
             ,
             not
             
             of
             custome
             ,
             but
             with
             affectiō
             ,
             with
             words
             broken
             off
             with
             sighes
             ,
             which
             are
             vsed
             euen
             in
             the
             midst
             of
             businesse
             ,
             through
             a
             gentle
             distraction
             and
             wholesom
             interruption
             :
             which
             prayers
             haue
             no
             other
             motiue
             but
             loue
             ,
             nor
             other
             subiect
             but
             necessitie
             ,
             or
             other
             eloquence
             but
             affection
             .
             None
             craueth
             an
             almes
             with
             the
             flowers
             of
             Rhetoricke
             .
             Familiar
             simplicitie
             is
             verie
             comely
             in
             prayer
             .
             To
             make
             these
             solitary
             praiers
             ,
             
             Isaac
             went
             out
             into
             the
             fields
             .
             So
             king
             Ezechias
             
             turned
             his
             face
             vnto
             the
             wall
             ,
             
             for
             feare
             to
             be
             troubled
             in
             his
             praier
             .
             So
             the
             Apostle
             
               S.
               Peter
            
             went
             vp
             vnto
             an
             high
             roome
             of
             the
             house
             to
             pray
             alone
             .
             
             Iesus
             Christ
             himself
             in
             the
             6.
             of
             Luke
             ,
             withdrew
             himselfe
             into
             a
             mountain
             to
             make
             his
             prayers
             ,
             and
             continued
             therein
             all
             night
             .
             Both
             these
             sorts
             of
             prayers
             haue
             promise
             of
             God
             to
             be
             heard
             .
             As
             touching
             the
             publick
             ,
             our
             Sauiour
             promiseth
             vs
             ,
             
             that
             there
             
               where
               two
               or
               three
               be
               gathered
               together
               in
               his
               name
               ,
               he
               will
               be
               in
               the
               
               midst
               of
               them
               :
               and
               that
               all
               which
               they
               shall
               aske
               with
               one
               accord
               ,
               shall
               be
               ganted
               them
               .
            
             As
             for
             the
             priuate
             ,
             he
             also
             speaketh
             thus
             in
             the
             6.
             of
             S.
             Matth.
             
               When
               thou
               prayest
               ,
               enter
               into
               the
               closet
               ,
               and
               hauing
               shut
               the
               doore
               ,
               pray
               vnto
               thy
               Father
               which
               is
               in
               secret
               ;
               and
               thy
               Father
               which
               is
               in
               secret
               ,
               shall
               reward
               thee
               openlie
               .
            
          
           
             These
             prayers
             are
             so
             many
             matches
             of
             the
             loue
             of
             God.
             For
             as
             soone
             as
             God
             will
             be
             prayed
             vnto
             by
             vs
             ,
             this
             is
             a
             great
             witnes
             vnto
             vs
             that
             he
             loues
             vs.
             Our
             
             importunitie
             is
             pleasing
             vnto
             him
             ;
             he
             giueth
             by
             his
             commandemēt
             free
             accesse
             vnto
             our
             praiers
             .
             That
             wee
             may
             obtaine
             his
             graces
             ,
             hee
             demandeth
             no
             other
             price
             of
             vs
             but
             our
             prayers
             .
             For
             riuers
             of
             his
             goodnesse
             ,
             he
             demandeth
             but
             some
             drops
             of
             our
             thankfulnes
             .
             He
             is
             attentiue
             vnto
             the
             crie
             of
             the
             afflicted
             .
             
               He
               is
               nigh
               vnto
               them
               which
               call
               vpon
               him
               .
            
             
             If
             the
             crie
             of
             dead
             Abels
             bloud
             came
             vp
             vnto
             him
             ;
             how
             much
             more
             the
             cry
             of
             his
             liuing
             childrē
             ,
             which
             cal
             vpon
             him
             
             in
             the
             name
             of
             Iesus
             Christ
             ?
             If
             he
             reckon
             our
             haires
             ,
             how
             much
             more
             our
             sighes
             and
             our
             prayers
             ,
             which
             hee
             himselfe
             hath
             prescribed
             vs
             ?
             Adde
             hereunto
             ,
             that
             prayer
             is
             a
             strong
             bridle
             vnto
             vs
             ,
             to
             hold
             vs
             in
             the
             feare
             of
             God.
             For
             this
             onelie
             thought
             ,
             that
             it
             is
             before
             him
             that
             we
             present
             our selues
             ,
             before
             him
             who
             knoweth
             our
             harts
             ,
             who
             seeth
             all
             our
             filthinesse
             through
             the
             cloake
             of
             hypocrisie
             ;
             obligeth
             vs
             to
             purifie
             our
             hearts
             and
             our
             hands
             ,
             to
             wit
             ,
             our
             thoughts
             and
             actions
             ;
             
             according
             to
             the
             commandement
             of
             the
             Apostle
             :
             
             
               I
               will
            
             (
             saith
             he
             )
             
               that
               all
               men
               make
               praiers
               in
               all
               places
               ,
               heauing
               vp
               pure
               hands
               without
               anger
               or
               debate
               .
            
             On
             the
             contrarie
             ,
             God
             (
             by
             the
             Prophet
             
               Esai
               )
               reiecteth
               hāds
               full
               of
               bloud
               ,
            
             
             
               euen
               when
               they
               lengthen
               out
               their
               praiers
               .
            
          
           
             Then
             when
             we
             come
             to
             frame
             our
             prayers
             ,
             each
             word
             that
             we
             say
             ,
             is
             a
             lesson
             or
             a
             reproach
             .
             For
             example
             ,
             we
             thus
             begin
             the
             Lords
             prayer
             ,
             
               Our
               Father
               which
               art
               in
               heauen
               .
            
             In
             calling
             him
             
             
               our
               Father
            
             ,
             wee
             learne
             on
             the
             one
             part
             to
             be
             his
             obedient
             children
             ,
             and
             to
             be
             perswaded
             of
             his
             loue
             :
             on
             the
             other
             side
             ,
             to
             despise
             the
             world
             ,
             as
             inferiour
             to
             our
             dignitie
             ,
             seeing
             wee
             be
             the
             children
             of
             God.
             This
             word
             also
             of
             Our
             ,
             frameth
             vs
             vnto
             charity
             towards
             our
             neighbors
             ,
             &
             to
             procure
             their
             good
             ,
             not
             only
             in
             our
             prayers
             ,
             but
             in
             all
             our
             actions
             .
             And
             these
             words
             ,
             
               which
               art
               in
               heauen
            
             ,
             aduertise
             vs
             to
             seeke
             for
             heauenly
             things
             ;
             and
             that
             our
             conuersation
             should
             be
             
             as
             that
             of
             heauenly
             citizens
             ,
             and
             children
             of
             the
             heauenly
             King.
             Then
             when
             the
             faithful
             shall
             come
             to
             propose
             his
             demaunds
             ,
             he
             will
             chide
             himselfe
             on
             this
             sort
             :
             I
             craue
             of
             God
             that
             
               his
               name
               may
               be
               hallowed
            
             ,
             and
             yet
             I
             profane
             and
             dishonor
             it
             .
             I
             desire
             that
             
               his
               kingdome
               may
               come
            
             ,
             and
             be
             aduanced
             ;
             and
             notwithstanding
             I
             resist
             and
             foreslow
             it
             as
             much
             as
             lieth
             in
             me
             ,
             vnwilling
             that
             he
             should
             reigne
             in
             me
             ;
             not
             subiecting
             my selfe
             vnto
             the
             scepter
             of
             his
             kingdome
             ,
             which
             is
             
             his
             word
             ;
             nor
             contributing
             any
             thing
             to
             his
             Church
             ,
             which
             is
             called
             in
             the
             Gospell
             ,
             Gods
             kingdome
             .
             Item
             ,
             I
             pray
             
               his
               will
               may
               be
               done
            
             ,
             and
             yet
             I
             resist
             this
             wil.
             I
             beg
             my
             bread
             ,
             and
             yet
             couet
             another
             mans
             :
             
               My
               dailie
               bread
            
             ,
             and
             yet
             my
             couetous
             care
             extends
             it selfe
             vnto
             many
             yeares
             .
             So
             likewise
             wee
             craue
             that
             God
             
               would
               forgiue
               vs
               as
               wee
               forgiue
               them
               which
               haue
               trespassed
               against
               vs
               :
            
             and
             for
             all
             that
             wee
             are
             vnreconcileable
             ,
             our
             hatred
             is
             mortall
             ,
             or
             to
             say
             better
             ,
             immortall
             ;
             and
             
             yet
             feare
             not
             that
             God
             should
             heare
             vs
             ,
             pardoning
             vs
             according
             as
             we
             pardon
             our
             neighbours
             .
             So
             we
             desire
             
               not
               to
               be
               led
               into
               temptation
               ,
            
             and
             yet
             we
             runne
             after
             temptations
             ,
             bad
             companies
             ,
             bookes
             of
             loue-tales
             ,
             after
             enticements
             and
             occasions
             of
             doing
             ill
             .
             Finally
             ,
             we
             finish
             this
             praier
             with
             mention
             of
             the
             kingdome
             and
             glorie
             of
             God
             ,
             by
             which
             this
             same
             prayer
             began
             ,
             that
             it
             might
             warne
             vs
             ,
             that
             euē
             as
             our
             praiers
             ,
             so
             also
             al
             our
             affectiōs
             ought
             to
             begin
             and
             end
             with
             
             the
             glorie
             of
             God.
             So
             many
             petitions
             ,
             so
             many
             aduertisements
             :
             for
             Iesus
             Christ
             most
             artificially
             ,
             by
             teaching
             vs
             how
             to
             craue
             for
             good
             ,
             teacheth
             vs
             also
             to
             do
             it
             .
             In
             ordering
             our
             praiers
             ,
             hee
             also
             ordereth
             our
             actions
             :
             so
             as
             speaking
             to
             God
             ,
             we
             also
             speake
             to
             our selues
             ;
             by
             praying
             vnto
             God
             ,
             we
             learne
             also
             to
             feare
             him
             .
             And
             surely
             when
             you
             shall
             see
             vnrulinesse
             in
             a
             household
             ,
             either
             by
             disobedience
             of
             the
             children
             ,
             or
             by
             dissention
             betweene
             man
             and
             wife
             ,
             it
             is
             a
             certen
             
             witnesse
             that
             God
             is
             not
             there
             called
             vpon
             as
             hee
             ought
             .
             For
             this
             only
             action
             of
             lifting
             vp
             of
             hearts
             and
             hands
             together
             vnto
             God
             ,
             might
             haue
             sufficed
             to
             reunite
             their
             diuided
             affections
             ,
             and
             entertaine
             from
             day
             to
             day
             their
             familie
             in
             the
             feare
             of
             God.
             For
             by
             speaking
             often
             to
             God
             ,
             we
             learne
             to
             loue
             him
             ,
             and
             louing
             him
             to
             follow
             him
             .
             Moses
             his
             face
             became
             shining
             for
             hauing
             spoken
             with
             God
             :
             so
             our
             soules
             wil
             becom
             enlightned
             in
             the
             knowledge
             of
             God
             ,
             when
             we
             
          
        
         
           
           
             and
             counsell
             ,
             all
             the
             ambition
             of
             so
             great
             a
             monarch
             ,
             and
             making
             him
             contribute
             at
             vnawares
             vnto
             the
             accomplishment
             of
             the
             prophesies
             ?
             That
             which
             is
             the
             greatest
             of
             the
             world
             ,
             employeth
             it selfe
             for
             the
             least
             of
             his
             children
             ,
             and
             serueth
             for
             the
             executiō
             of
             his
             loue
             .
          
           
             The
             holy
             Scripture
             being
             full
             of
             such
             examples
             ,
             rightly
             may
             it
             be
             called
             
               the
               booke
               of
               true
               loue
            
             ;
             seeing
             that
             therein
             God
             not
             onely
             vnfoldeth
             his
             loue
             ,
             but
             also
             bindeth
             vs
             to
             loue
             him
             ;
             
             and
             not
             only
             exhorteth
             vs
             to
             this
             loue
             ,
             but
             also
             produceth
             it
             in
             vs
             by
             this
             same
             word
             ,
             accompanying
             the
             preaching
             of
             the
             same
             with
             the
             efficacy
             of
             his
             holy
             Spirit
             .
             And
             to
             say
             true
             ,
             I
             thinke
             that
             the
             most
             part
             of
             vs
             haue
             had
             experiēce
             ,
             that
             after
             the
             hearing
             of
             the
             word
             ,
             the
             sparks
             of
             loue
             do
             kindle
             in
             our
             hearts
             ;
             and
             that
             hearing
             God
             speake
             ,
             or
             speaking
             of
             God
             ,
             we
             are
             inflamed
             with
             his
             loue
             .
             So
             the
             two
             disciples
             being
             in
             Emaus
             ,
             after
             Iesus
             Christ
             was
             vanished
             ,
             said
             ,
             
               Did
               
               not
               our
               harts
               burn
               within
               vs
               ,
               when
               he
               spake
               vnto
               vs
               on
               the
               waie
               ,
               and
               preached
               the
               Scriptures
               ?
            
             And
             Ieremie
             in
             the
             20.
             chap.
             desiring
             to
             reserue
             the
             word
             of
             God
             in
             his
             hart
             without
             vttering
             it
             ,
             saith
             ,
             that
             he
             felt
             it
             in
             his
             heart
             like
             a
             burning
             fire
             .
             Wherefore
             so
             ?
             but
             because
             this
             word
             receiued
             into
             the
             hearts
             of
             the
             auditors
             ,
             heateth
             them
             with
             the
             like
             ardour
             :
             as
             also
             the
             tongues
             of
             fire
             descending
             vpon
             the
             Apostles
             ,
             witnessed
             that
             God
             gaue
             them
             burning
             tongues
             ,
             and
             a
             word
             full
             of
             efficacie
             ,
             
             to
             enflame
             mens
             hearts
             .
             Wherefore
             those
             which
             being
             caried
             away
             with
             their
             busines
             ,
             or
             withheld
             by
             feare
             ,
             or
             perswaded
             of
             their
             sufficiencie
             ,
             neglect
             coming
             to
             sermons
             ,
             shall
             insensibly
             feele
             that
             this
             heate
             waxeth
             coole
             ,
             and
             that
             a
             caule
             groweth
             ouer
             their
             consciences
             .
             This
             negligence
             will
             grow
             to
             a
             distast
             ,
             this
             distast
             to
             a
             disdaine
             ,
             this
             disesteeme
             vnto
             a
             hardnes
             of
             heart
             &
             enmitie
             against
             God.
             Whosoeuer
             will
             entertaine
             the
             loue
             of
             God
             in
             his
             heart
             ,
             ought
             dayly
             to
             
             come
             &
             heare
             his
             word
             ,
             the
             which
             he
             hath
             chosen
             as
             a
             wholsom
             means
             to
             moue
             our
             hearts
             and
             to
             purge
             our
             spirits
             :
             as
             Christ
             saith
             to
             his
             Apostles
             :
             
             
               You
               are
               cleane
               through
               the
               word
               which
               I
               haue
               spoken
               vnto
               you
               .
            
             Being
             there
             ,
             we
             must
             hearken
             to
             the
             preaching
             with
             greedinesse
             ,
             suffer
             reprehensions
             gently
             ,
             receiue
             exhortations
             with
             ardor
             .
             And
             euē
             as
             those
             ,
             vpon
             whom
             men
             mean
             to
             make
             some
             incision
             ,
             suffer
             themselues
             to
             be
             bound
             and
             pinioned
             by
             the
             Chirurgion
             ,
             lest
             the
             
             motion
             of
             the
             patient
             should
             hinder
             the
             operation
             :
             so
             must
             we
             ,
             when
             the
             seruants
             of
             God
             are
             occupied
             about
             pricking
             the
             apostumes
             of
             our
             vices
             ,
             and
             cutting
             off
             our
             concupiscences
             ,
             which
             
               S.
               Paul
            
             calleth
             
               our
               members
            
             ;
             
             stay
             our
             mouing
             ,
             lightnesse
             and
             inconstancie
             ,
             lest
             it
             hinder
             the
             efficacy
             of
             this
             word
             by
             our
             impatiencie
             .
          
           
             To
             the
             hearing
             of
             the
             word
             ,
             we
             must
             adde
             the
             reading
             ,
             according
             to
             the
             example
             of
             those
             of
             Beroea
             ;
             
             who
             after
             they
             had
             heard
             
               S.
               Pauls
            
             preaching
             ,
             
             went
             and
             consulted
             with
             the
             Scriptures
             ,
             to
             see
             the
             conformitie
             therof
             with
             the
             writings
             of
             the
             Prophets
             ;
             although
             that
             the
             Apostle
             being
             powerfull
             in
             miracles
             and
             in
             words
             ,
             did
             preach
             with
             authoritie
             enough
             to
             be
             beleeued
             ,
             as
             might
             be
             thought
             :
             how
             much
             more
             ought
             we
             now
             a
             dayes
             ,
             at
             our
             coming
             frō
             the
             sermon
             ,
             content
             our
             curiosity
             ,
             to
             know
             if
             that
             we
             heare
             that
             day
             ,
             be
             true
             ?
             Wee
             which
             heare
             Pastors
             which
             are
             not
             receiueable
             ,
             but
             so
             farre
             forth
             as
             
             they
             proue
             their
             sayings
             by
             the
             word
             of
             God
             ?
             Amongst
             all
             the
             books
             of
             holy
             Scripture
             ,
             the
             most
             obscure
             is
             the
             Apocalypse
             ,
             and
             yet
             it
             is
             said
             in
             the
             first
             chapter
             ,
             that
             
               happie
               are
               they
               that
               reade
               ,
               and
               those
               which
               heare
               the
               words
               of
               this
               prophesie
               .
            
             In
             the
             17.
             of
             Deuter.
             God
             commandeth
             Kings
             to
             reade
             the
             booke
             of
             the
             law
             ,
             all
             the
             dayes
             of
             their
             life
             .
             Reading
             thereof
             was
             the
             exercise
             of
             the
             Queene
             Candaces
             Eunuch
             ,
             as
             he
             rode
             in
             his
             chariot
             .
             If
             he
             read
             being
             a
             pagā
             ,
             how
             much
             more
             
             being
             become
             a
             Christian
             ?
             And
             if
             he
             read
             when
             he
             vnderstood
             not
             ,
             how
             much
             more
             when
             he
             began
             to
             vnderstand
             ?
             If
             he
             read
             in
             his
             chariot
             ,
             how
             much
             more
             in
             his
             house
             ?
             Also
             God
             hath
             tendered
             him
             his
             hand
             by
             the
             ministery
             of
             Philip
             ;
             and
             vpon
             the
             reading
             ,
             the
             light
             of
             the
             Gospell
             is
             come
             vnto
             him
             ,
             for
             an
             argument
             vnto
             vs
             of
             hope
             ,
             that
             in
             reading
             carefully
             the
             holy
             Scriptures
             ,
             God
             wil
             enlighten
             vs.
             He
             which
             accuseth
             it
             of
             obscuritie
             ,
             accuseth
             it
             also
             of
             leasing
             :
             for
             it
             saith
             
             of
             it selfe
             ,
             
             that
             it
             enlightneth
             the
             eyes
             ;
             that
             it
             giueth
             wisedome
             to
             the
             poore
             and
             simple
             ;
             that
             it
             is
             a
             lanterne
             to
             our
             feet
             ,
             
             &
             a
             light
             vnto
             our
             paths
             .
             If
             it
             be
             obscure
             ,
             
             
               it
               is
            
             (
             saith
             the
             Apostle
             )
             
               to
               those
               ,
               of
               whō
               the
               god
               of
               this
               world
               hath
               blinded
               the
               vnderstandings
               .
            
             At
             least
             let
             vs
             haue
             good
             opinion
             of
             God
             our
             Father
             .
             Let
             vs
             not
             thinke
             that
             he
             hath
             written
             his
             Testament
             in
             obscure
             termes
             and
             ambiguous
             clauses
             ,
             to
             intangle
             vs
             in
             suites
             .
             The
             Father
             of
             lights
             in
             neuer
             cause
             of
             obscuritie
             .
             Let
             
             vs
             not
             endeuor
             to
             make
             this
             word
             suspitious
             vnto
             the
             people
             ,
             as
             if
             the
             reading
             thereof
             were
             dangerous
             ;
             as
             doe
             those
             profanely
             fearful
             people
             who
             vnder
             euerie
             stone
             imagine
             a
             Scorpion
             to
             lurke
             .
             If
             there
             be
             any
             difficulties
             ,
             the
             rest
             which
             is
             cleare
             is
             sufficient
             vnto
             saluation
             .
             If
             it
             appertaine
             but
             vnto
             the
             learned
             to
             reade
             the
             Scriptures
             ,
             it
             appertaineth
             then
             vnto
             none
             to
             reade
             them
             ,
             for
             no
             bodie
             is
             skilfull
             before
             he
             haue
             read
             them
             .
             Wee
             reade
             not
             the
             word
             of
             God
             
             because
             we
             are
             learned
             ,
             but
             to
             become
             so
             .
          
           
             Now
             here
             we
             passe
             ouer
             an
             infinite
             number
             of
             profits
             which
             we
             gather
             of
             this
             reading
             ;
             as
             is
             the
             confirmation
             of
             our
             faith
             ,
             consolation
             in
             affliction
             ,
             a
             gentle
             diuerting
             ;
             a
             maister
             which
             flattereth
             not
             ,
             a
             cōpanie
             which
             is
             not
             troublesome
             ,
             a
             spirituall
             munition
             house
             ,
             which
             containeth
             all
             sorts
             of
             weapons
             against
             temptations
             ,
             which
             furnisheth
             wherewithall
             to
             resist
             against
             error
             ,
             following
             the
             exāple
             of
             our
             Lord
             ,
             
             euer
             resisting
             the
             diuell
             by
             Scripture
             ,
             and
             saying
             vnto
             him
             ,
             
             
               It
               is
               written
               ,
               it
               is
               written
               ,
            
             
             &c.
             
             Onely
             we
             will
             stay
             our selues
             vpon
             this
             ,
             to
             wit
             ,
             that
             the
             reading
             kindleth
             in
             our
             hearts
             the
             loue
             of
             God.
             This
             is
             knowne
             by
             experience
             .
             For
             after
             a
             man
             once
             begins
             to
             take
             a
             tast
             in
             reading
             the
             holy
             Scriptures
             ,
             other
             studies
             begin
             to
             proue
             without
             relish
             :
             you
             shall
             see
             no
             more
             vpon
             the
             Carpet
             ,
             bookes
             of
             loue
             ;
             the
             ridiculous
             Romanes
             and
             tales
             of
             Amadis
             do
             flie
             before
             the
             Bible
             more
             
             then
             the
             diuell
             before
             holywater
             :
             all
             these
             pleasing
             and
             vaine
             readings
             which
             busied
             the
             spirit
             and
             tickled
             the
             imagination
             ,
             do
             leese
             their
             taste
             after
             this
             spirituall
             nourishment
             .
             Another
             kind
             of
             loue
             is
             kindled
             in
             the
             spirits
             of
             those
             which
             dayly
             propose
             vnto
             thēselues
             the
             witnesses
             of
             the
             loue
             of
             God
             towards
             vs
             ,
             contained
             in
             his
             word
             .
          
           
             This
             meditation
             furnisheth
             vs
             with
             a
             iust
             subiect
             of
             complaint
             .
             For
             then
             whē
             they
             burned
             vs
             for
             reading
             the
             
             Scripture
             ,
             wee
             burned
             with
             zeale
             to
             be
             reading
             them
             .
             Now
             with
             our
             libertie
             is
             bread
             also
             our
             negligence
             &
             disesteem
             thereof
             .
             We
             are
             barbarous
             ,
             and
             new
             to
             seeke
             in
             the
             language
             of
             Gods
             Spirit
             .
             Our
             hearts
             then
             resemble
             flint-stones
             ,
             which
             cast
             no
             sparks
             but
             when
             they
             are
             strucken
             .
             Many
             will
             haue
             a
             Bible
             well
             bound
             &
             gilt
             ,
             lying
             vpon
             a
             cupboord
             ,
             more
             for
             shew
             then
             for
             instruction
             :
             we
             loue
             but
             the
             outside
             thereof
             .
             Wee
             adorne
             the
             holy
             Scriptures
             outwardly
             ,
             but
             it
             
             were
             better
             it
             might
             decke
             vs
             within
             .
             It
             were
             better
             it
             were
             torn
             with
             often
             reading
             ,
             that
             thy
             conscience
             might
             be
             more
             entire
             :
             for
             it
             is
             more
             easie
             for
             thee
             to
             haue
             another
             ,
             then
             it
             is
             easie
             for
             thee
             to
             be
             an
             honest
             man
             without
             it
             .
             Wee
             desire
             a
             faire
             impression
             ;
             but
             the
             fairest
             impression
             is
             that
             which
             is
             made
             with
             the
             finger
             of
             God
             in
             our
             soules
             .
             The
             matrices
             of
             these
             characters
             are
             in
             heauen
             .
             This
             loue
             of
             God
             is
             ingrauen
             in
             our
             hearts
             with
             his
             hand
             ,
             and
             is
             
             formed
             vpon
             the
             model
             of
             that
             loue
             which
             hee
             hath
             borne
             vs
             in
             his
             Son
             :
             according
             as
             he
             saith
             in
             the
             15.
             of
             Saint
             
               Iohn
               :
               As
               my
               Father
               loued
               me
               ,
               so
               haue
               I
               loued
               you
               :
               remaine
               in
               my
               loue
               .
            
          
        
      
       
         FINIS
         .
      
    
     
       
         Notes, typically marginal, from the original text
         
           Notes for div A20960-e150
           
             Heb.
             9.
             4.
             
          
           
             1.
             
             Pet.
             4.
             17.
             
          
           
             Heb.
             5.
             8.
             
          
           
             Phil.
             1.
             23.
             
          
           
             Psal
             .
             42.
             2.
             
          
        
         
           Notes for div A20960-e620
           
             Seuen
             reasons
             to
             proue
             that
             the
             loue
             of
             God
             ,
             is
             the
             onely
             true
             loue
             .
          
           
             1.
             
             Cor.
             2.
             9.
             
          
           
             Ioh.
             14.
             23.
             
          
           
             Rom.
             8.
             
          
           
             Ephes
             .
             3.
             19.
             
          
           
             Austins
             Enchiridion
             to
             Laurentius
             cap.
             117.
             
          
           
             Iam.
             4.
             4.
             
          
           
             Rom.
             8.
             
          
           
             Psal
             .
             141.
             5
             
          
        
         
           Notes for div A20960-e1080
           
             To
             loue
             God
             for
             his
             blessings
             .
          
           
             Ioh.
             15.
             15.
             
             &
             Ioh.
             17.
             17.
             
          
           
             To
             loue
             God
             for
             Gods
             owne
             sake
             .
          
           
             Psal
             .
             69.
             37
             
          
           
             Psal
             .
             146.
             8
             
          
           
             Esay
             6.
             2.
             
          
           
             The
             life
             of
             God.
             
          
           
             The
             knowledge
             of
             God
             ,
             what
             it
             is
             .
          
           
             His
             holines
             .
          
           
             His
             iustice
             .
          
           
             His
             goodnes
             
          
           
             Esay
             9.
             
          
           
             1.
             
             Pet.
             1.
             
             &
             12.
             
          
           
             Esay
             43.
             
          
           
             Osea
             2.
             
          
           
             To
             hate
             ones
             owne
             selfe
             for
             the
             loue
             of
             God
             
          
           
             Luk.
             9.
             
             &
             14.
             
          
           
             Rom.
             7.
             24.
             
          
           
             Psal
             .
             39.
             
             &
             129.
             
          
           
             Math.
             5.
             
          
           
             Coloss
             ▪
             3.
             
          
           
             2.
             
             Cor.
             12.
             
          
           
             Gal.
             5.
             
          
           
             Gal.
             5.
             17.
             
          
           
             How
             the
             Saints
             in
             glorie
             ,
             do
             loue
             God.
             
          
           
             1.
             
             Cor.
             13.
             12.
             
          
           
             1.
             
             Ioh.
             3.
             
          
           
             1.
             
             Ioh.
             3.
             
          
           
             Vrim
             &
             Thumim
             .
          
           
             1.
             
             Ioh.
             4.
             8.
             
          
        
         
           Notes for div A20960-e2410
           
             That
             vnchast
             loues
             must
             be
             extinguished
             .
          
           
             What
             is
             true
             beauty
             
          
           
             Peace
             and
             tranquility
             of
             the
             soule
             .
          
           
             1.
             
             Ioh.
             4
             ▪
             
          
           
             1.
             
             Ioh.
             4
             3.
             
          
           
             Loue
             is
             a
             thing
             full
             of
             care
             and
             feare
             .
          
           
             The
             loue
             of
             our
             neighbour
             .
          
           
             1.
             
             Ioh.
             4.
             20.
             
          
           
             Gal.
             5.
             14.
             
          
           
             1.
             
             Ioh.
             3.
             17.
             
          
           
             Brotherly
             reliefe
             .
          
           
             Iames
             5.
             
          
           
             Heb.
             13.
             16.
             
          
           
             Agreement
             among
             brethren
             .
          
           
             Gen.
             45.
             24.
             
          
           
             Often
             communication
             with
             God.
             
          
           
             Gen.
             34
             ,
             23.
             
          
           
             Gen.
             26.
             35.
             
          
           
             2.
             
             Sam.
             16.
             
          
           
             Phil.
             3.
             21.
             
          
           
             Zeale
             of
             the
             glorie
             of
             God.
             
          
           
             Ioh.
             2.
             17.
             
          
           
             Rom.
             15.
             3.
             
          
           
             Act.
             17.
             26.
             
          
           
             Sam.
             4.
             21.
             
          
           
             1.
             
             Ioh.
             3.
             
          
           
             Cha.
             1.
             v.
             17
             
          
           
             1.
             
             Cor.
             4.
             20.
             
          
        
         
           Notes for div A20960-e4250
           
             Phil.
             2.
             13.
             
          
           
             1
             Cor.
             3.
             9.
             
          
           
             The
             image
             of
             vices
             .
          
           
             Psal
             .
             103.
             
          
           
             1.
             
             Sam.
             13.
             20.
             
          
           
             Choise
             of
             friends
             .
          
           
             Contempt
             and
             hatred
             of
             the
             world
             
          
           
             1.
             
             Ioh.
             2.
             
          
           
             Eccles
             .
             1.
             
          
           
             Prayer
             .
          
           
             Gen.
             24.
             63.
             
          
           
             Esay
             38.
             2.
             
          
           
             Act.
             10.
             9.
             
          
           
             Matth.
             18.
             v.
             19.
             20.
             
          
           
             Psal
             .
             45.
             18
             ▪
             
          
           
             1.
             
             Tim.
             2.
             
          
           
             Esay
             1.
             
          
           
             Ioh.
             15.
             3.
             
          
           
             Coloss
             .
             3.
             5.
             
          
           
             Act.
             17.
             11.
             
          
           
             Psal
             .
             19.
             v.
             9
             &
             10.
             
          
           
             Psal
             .
             119.
             v.
             103.
             
          
           
             1.
             
             Cor.
             3.
             
          
           
             Mat.
             4.
             
          
           
             Luk.
             4.